[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2019061335A1 - Channel monitoring method, access-network device, terminal device, and communications system - Google Patents

Channel monitoring method, access-network device, terminal device, and communications system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019061335A1
WO2019061335A1 PCT/CN2017/104513 CN2017104513W WO2019061335A1 WO 2019061335 A1 WO2019061335 A1 WO 2019061335A1 CN 2017104513 W CN2017104513 W CN 2017104513W WO 2019061335 A1 WO2019061335 A1 WO 2019061335A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
signal
detection threshold
type
power detection
power
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2017/104513
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
杨美英
马莎
官磊
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2017/104513 priority Critical patent/WO2019061335A1/en
Publication of WO2019061335A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019061335A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly to a method of channel listening, an access network device, a terminal device, and a communication system.
  • the wireless communication system can transmit data in the unlicensed frequency band, and the communication device (for example, the access network device or the terminal device) can use the resources of the unlicensed band for data transmission in a competitive manner.
  • the communication device can listen to the channel before using the resources of the unlicensed band, and can continuously occupy the channel after the channel is idle.
  • the communication device can determine whether the channel is idle by means of, for example, signal detection, energy detection (or power detection).
  • the communication device may perform a Clear Channel Assessment (CCA) by using a channel interception method, for example, determining whether the channel is idle by means of energy detection or the like.
  • CCA Clear Channel Assessment
  • the communication device (more specifically, the transmitting device) usually determines whether the channel is idle by using a preset energy detection threshold (or power detection threshold) and a received power relationship of the signal.
  • the judgment result may not be particularly accurate. If the communication device determines whether to transmit a signal according to a result that may be inaccurate, it may cause the communication device to transmit a signal at an inappropriate timing to cause a decrease in reception performance, or waste resources at a suitable timing because the signal is not transmitted. This results in a performance degradation of the entire communication system.
  • the present invention provides a channel listening method, an access network device, a terminal device, and a communication system, to determine a power detection threshold according to a signal type of a received signal, which is beneficial to improving channel sensing accuracy, thereby improving the communication system. Performance.
  • a method for channel listening including:
  • the first access network device receives the signal on the unlicensed band resource
  • the first access network device Determining, by the first access network device, a first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal, where the signal type of the signal includes at least one of the following: from the first access network device a first type of signal from at least one second access network device, a second type of signal from at least one terminal device;
  • the first access network device performs an idle channel assessment according to the first power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal, and the value of the first power detection threshold is determined by considering interference that may be caused by different signal types. Different from the signal type of the received signal, the evaluation result is more accurate than the prior art using the fixed power detection threshold for the idle channel estimation, that is, the channel sensing accuracy is improved, so that the The probability that an access network device sends a signal also varies with the signal type of the received signal. Therefore, it is beneficial to improve resource utilization and data reception performance, thereby contributing to improving the performance of the communication system.
  • the first access network device determines, according to the received signal type of the signal, a first power detection threshold, including:
  • the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal.
  • the method further includes:
  • the transmit power information is the actual transmit power of the first access network device on the unlicensed band resource, or the maximum transmit power of the first access network device on the unlicensed band resource. ;
  • the carrier bandwidth is the actual transmission bandwidth of the first access network device on the unlicensed band resource, or the maximum transmission bandwidth of the first access network device on the unlicensed band resource.
  • the foregoing example provides a possible implementation manner for the first access network device to determine the first initial power detection threshold, but this should not constitute any limitation on the application, and the first initial power detection threshold may also be predefined. , for example, a protocol definition.
  • the following is exemplarily listed several possible cases of the signals received by the first access network device and the specific manner in which the first access network determines the first power detection threshold in different situations.
  • the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the first access network device Determining, by the first access network device, the first power detection threshold, where the received power of the first type of signal meets a first preset condition, where the first power detection threshold is greater than the first initial Power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the first access network device Determining, by the first access network device, the first power detection threshold, where the received power of the second type of signal meets a second preset condition, where the first power detection threshold is smaller than the first initial Power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device determines, according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, a first power detection threshold, including:
  • the first access network device Determining, by the first access network device, that the received power of the first type of signal meets a first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy a second preset condition And a power detection threshold, where the first power detection threshold is greater than the first initial power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the first power detection threshold, the first power detection threshold is smaller than the first initial power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the first access network device determines the first A power detection threshold, the first power detection threshold being equal to the first initial power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the first access network device Determining, by the first access network device, the first power when the received power of the first type of signal meets a first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal satisfies a second preset condition
  • the threshold is detected, and the first power detection threshold is less than or equal to the first initial power detection threshold.
  • the foregoing various possible cases of combining the signals received by the first access network device enumerate possible implementation manners for determining the first power detection threshold, and determining, by the first access network device, the first power detection according to the current situation.
  • the threshold can take into account the difference in power detection thresholds between devices, and the determined first power detection threshold is also more reasonable.
  • the first access network device determines, according to the received signal type of the signal, a first power detection threshold, including:
  • the first access network device is configured according to the received signal type of the signal, and the power detection threshold of the multiple candidates includes at least the first candidate power detection. a threshold, a second candidate power detection threshold, and a third candidate power detection threshold, wherein the first candidate power detection threshold is greater than the second candidate power detection threshold, and the second candidate power detection threshold is greater than the third candidate power detection threshold Threshold.
  • the following is exemplarily listed several possible cases of signals received by the first access network device and, in different cases, the first access network determines the value of the first power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the third candidate power detection threshold as the first power detection threshold, if the received power of the first type of signal meets a first preset condition.
  • the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the first access network device if the received power of the first type of signal satisfies a first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy a second preset condition, the third The candidate power detection threshold is determined as the first power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the first access network device when the received power of the second type of signal satisfies the second preset condition, and the received signal of the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition, The first candidate power detection threshold is determined as the first power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the first access network device determines whether the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition. If the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition, the first access network device The second candidate power detection threshold is determined as the first power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the second access network device if the received power of the first type of signal satisfies a first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal satisfies a second preset condition, the second candidate The power detection threshold is determined as the first power detection threshold, or the first candidate power detection threshold is determined as the first power detection threshold.
  • the various possible scenarios of the above-mentioned signals received in connection with the first access network device enumerate possible implementations for determining a first power detection threshold, which may be directly from a plurality of predefined candidates.
  • the first power detection threshold is determined in the power detection threshold, and the implementation process is simpler and more convenient, and the calculation amount of the first access network device is reduced.
  • the foregoing first preset condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset first threshold
  • the ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to a preset second threshold
  • the ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the received power of the second type of signal is greater than one.
  • the foregoing second preset condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset third threshold
  • the ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to a preset fourth threshold
  • the ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to one.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first access network device suspends transmitting a signal when the channel is busy according to the idle channel assessment result
  • the first access network device transmits a signal if the channel is idle according to the idle channel assessment result.
  • the first access network device can send or not send signals according to the current channel condition according to the idle channel evaluation result, which is beneficial to improving data receiving performance and resource utilization, and helps improve the performance of the communication system.
  • the method further includes:
  • the number includes at least one of the following: an uplink reference signal, a downlink reference signal, a downlink synchronization signal, and a synchronization signal block.
  • the method is applied to a licensed assisted access LAA-Long Term Evolution (LTE) system
  • the second type of signal further includes: a signal from a different system, where the different system includes A system different from the LAA-LTE system.
  • LTE licensed assisted access LAA-Long Term Evolution
  • the first access network device When the first access network device receives the signal from the different system, it cannot determine the signal type of the received signal, or can not determine whether the received signal is an uplink signal or a downlink signal, in order to ensure channel sensing.
  • the accuracy of the signal from the different system may be determined as an anisotropic transmission signal, and for the first access network device, the signal from the different system may be the second type of signal.
  • the different systems include: a Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) system.
  • Wi-Fi Wireless Fidelity
  • the method provided by the present application can also be applied to a scenario in which the LAA-LTE system coexists with one or more other systems.
  • a channel listening method including:
  • the first terminal device receives the signal on the unlicensed band resource
  • the first terminal device Determining, by the first terminal device, a second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal, where the signal type of the signal includes at least one of the following: a first type of signal from at least one access network device a second type of signal from at least one second terminal device other than the first terminal device;
  • the first terminal device performs idle channel estimation according to the second power detection threshold.
  • the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal, and the value of the second power detection threshold is determined due to interference that may be caused by different signal types considered.
  • the evaluation result is more accurate than the prior art using the fixed power detection threshold for the idle channel estimation, that is, the channel sensing accuracy is improved, so that the The probability that a terminal device transmits a signal also varies with the signal type of the received signal. Therefore, it is advantageous to improve the data utilization performance of resource utilization, thereby contributing to improving the performance of the communication system.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the received signal type of the signal, a second power detection threshold, including:
  • the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device acquires a second initial power detection threshold, and the second initial power detection threshold is used to determine the second power detection threshold.
  • the first terminal device acquires a second initial power detection threshold, including:
  • the transmit power information is an actual transmit power of the first terminal device on the unlicensed band resource, or a maximum transmit power of the first terminal device on the unlicensed band resource;
  • the carrier bandwidth is an actual transmission bandwidth of the first terminal device on the unlicensed band resource, or a maximum transmission bandwidth of the first terminal device on the unlicensed band resource.
  • the first terminal device acquires a second initial power detection threshold, including:
  • the first terminal device receives first indication information from the access network device, and the first indication information indicates the second initial power detection threshold.
  • the method for indicating the second initial power detection threshold by the access network device can reduce the calculation amount of the first terminal device and reduce the consumption of the first terminal device.
  • the foregoing describes two possible implementation manners for the first terminal device to obtain the second initial power detection threshold, but this should not constitute any limitation.
  • the second initial power detection threshold may also be predefined, for example, a protocol definition.
  • the following are exemplarily enumerated several possible cases of signals received by the first terminal device and specific ways in which the first terminal determines the second power detection threshold in different situations.
  • the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold when the received power of the second type of signal meets a fourth preset condition, where the second power detection threshold is greater than the second initial power detection Threshold.
  • the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the second power detection threshold is less than the second initial power detection threshold.
  • the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the second power detection threshold is greater than the second initial power detection threshold.
  • the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the second power detection threshold Determining, by the first terminal device, the second power detection threshold if the received power of the first type of signal meets a third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal satisfies a fourth preset condition
  • the second power detection threshold is less than or equal to the second initial power detection threshold.
  • the foregoing various combinations of the signals received by the first terminal device include a possible implementation manner for determining the second power detection threshold.
  • the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the current situation, which may be considered.
  • the second power detection threshold determined by the difference in power detection thresholds between devices is also more reasonable.
  • the first terminal device determines, according to the received signal type of the signal, a second power detection threshold, including:
  • the first terminal device is configured according to the received signal type of the signal, and the power detection threshold of the multiple candidates includes at least a fourth candidate power detection threshold, a fifth candidate power detection threshold and a sixth candidate power detection threshold, wherein the fourth candidate power detection threshold is greater than the fifth candidate power detection threshold, and the fifth candidate power detection threshold is greater than the sixth candidate power detection threshold.
  • the following is exemplarily enumerated several possible cases of the signal received by the first terminal device and the value of the second power detection threshold determined by the first terminal in different cases.
  • the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the first terminal device determines the fourth candidate power detection threshold as the second power detection threshold if the received power of the second type of signal satisfies a fourth preset condition.
  • the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the first terminal device when the received power of the first type of signal meets a third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition, the sixth candidate power is used.
  • the detection threshold is determined as the second power detection threshold.
  • the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the first terminal device when the received power of the second type of signal meets a fourth preset condition and the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition, the fourth candidate power is used.
  • the detection threshold is determined as the second power detection threshold.
  • the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the first terminal device if the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition, and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition, the fifth candidate The power detection threshold is determined as the second power detection threshold.
  • the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
  • the first terminal device detects the fifth candidate power when the received power of the first type of signal satisfies a third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal satisfies a fourth preset condition.
  • the threshold is determined as the second power detection threshold, or the sixth candidate power detection threshold is determined as the second power detection threshold.
  • the foregoing various possible cases of combining the signals received by the first terminal device enumerate possible implementation manners for determining a second power detection threshold, and the first terminal device may directly detect thresholds from multiple predefined powers.
  • the second power detection threshold is determined, the implementation process is simpler and more convenient, and the calculation amount of the first terminal device is reduced.
  • the third preset condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset fifth threshold
  • the ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to a preset sixth threshold
  • the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal are greater than or equal to one.
  • the fourth preset condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset seventh threshold
  • the ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to a preset eighth threshold
  • the ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the received power of the first type of signal is greater than one.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device pauses to send a signal when the channel is busy according to the idle channel evaluation result
  • the first terminal device transmits a signal when the channel is idle according to the result of the idle channel assessment.
  • the first terminal device can send or not send a signal according to the current channel condition according to the idle channel evaluation result, which is beneficial to improving data receiving performance and resource utilization, and helps improve the performance of the communication system.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first terminal device determines a signal type of the signal according to the received common signal, where the common signal includes at least one of an uplink reference signal, a downlink reference signal, a downlink synchronization signal, and a synchronization signal block.
  • the method is applied to a licensed assisted access LAA-Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, the first type of signal further comprising: a signal from a different system, the different system including A system different from the LAA-LTE system.
  • LTE licensed assisted access LAA-Long Term Evolution
  • the different systems include: a Wi-Fi system.
  • the first terminal device cannot determine the signal type of the received signal when receiving the signal from the different system, or can not determine whether the received signal is an uplink signal or a downlink signal, in order to ensure accurate channel sensing.
  • the signal from the different system may be determined as a signal transmitted in the opposite direction.
  • the signal from the different system may be the first type of signal.
  • the method provided by the present application can also be applied to a scenario in which the LAA-LTE system coexists with one or more other systems.
  • an access network device for performing the method of the first aspect and any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • the access network device may comprise means for performing the method of the first aspect and any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • a terminal device for performing any of the possible implementations of the second aspect and the second aspect The method in the way.
  • the terminal device may include a module that performs the method in any of the possible implementations of the second aspect and the second aspect.
  • an access network device comprising a transceiver, a memory and a processor, the memory for storing a computer program, the processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, such that the access network
  • the apparatus performs the elements of the method of the first aspect and any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • the processor is one or more, and the memory is one or more.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor or the memory may be separate from the processor.
  • a terminal device includes a transceiver, a memory, and a processor, the memory being configured to store a computer program, the processor is configured to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the terminal device performs the foregoing A unit of a method in any of the possible implementations of the second aspect and the second aspect.
  • the processor is one or more, and the memory is one or more.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor or the memory may be separate from the processor.
  • a communication system comprising: one or more of the access network devices provided by the foregoing third aspect, and one or more terminal devices provided by the above fourth aspect, or comprising one or more of the foregoing fifth An access network device provided by the aspect and one or more terminal devices provided by the sixth aspect above.
  • a chip in an eighth aspect, storing a computer program that, when the chip is run on a communication device, causes the communication device to perform the first aspect to the second aspect and the first aspect to the second aspect A method in any of the possible implementations.
  • a ninth aspect a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising the first aspect to the second aspect and the first aspect to the second aspect The instructions of the method.
  • a computer program product comprising: a computer program (also referred to as a code, or an instruction) that, when executed, causes the computer to perform the first aspect to the first The method of any of the possible implementations of the second aspect and the second aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system of a method and apparatus for channel sensing applicable to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for channel interception according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for channel listening provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for channel sensing provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for channel sensing provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram of an access network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LAA-LTE Advanced Long Term Evolution
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • next-generation communication system for example, fifth-generation (5G) system
  • 5G fifth-generation
  • Fusion system multiple access systems Fusion system, or evolution system, etc.
  • NR New Radio Access Technology
  • FIG. 1 illustrates a communication system 100 suitable for a method and apparatus for channel sensing in embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 can include at least access network devices 111-112 and terminal devices 121-124.
  • Access network devices and terminal devices may be devices that support communication over unlicensed band resources. That is, the access network device and the terminal device can communicate using the unlicensed band resources.
  • the access network device 111 may be an access network device in the cell #1, or the access network device 111 may serve the terminal device in the cell #1 (including, for example, the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122).
  • the access network device 112 may be an access network device in the cell #2, or the access network device 112 may serve the terminal device in the cell #2 (including, for example, the terminal device 123 and the terminal device 124).
  • the cell can be understood as a serving cell of the access network device, that is, an area within the coverage of the wireless network of the access network device.
  • the access network device 111 in the cell #1 and the access network device 112 in the cell #2 may be different access network devices, for example, a base station, that is, a cell #1 and a cell #2 It can be managed by different base stations.
  • the access network device 111 in the cell #1 and the access network device 112 in the cell #2 may be different radio frequency processing units of the same base station, for example, a radio remote unit (RRU), that is, Cell #1 and cell #2 may be managed by the same base station, having the same baseband processing unit and intermediate frequency processing unit, but with different radio frequency processing units. This application does not specifically limit this.
  • RRU radio remote unit
  • the frequency band supported by the cell #1 may be the same as the frequency band supported by the cell #2, and the access network device 111 may be the same type of access network device as the access network device 112, and the access network device 111 may also be a different type of access network device than access network device 112.
  • the access network device 111 and the access network device 112 may each be a base station of the LTE system.
  • the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122 and the terminal device 123 and the terminal device 124 may both be terminal devices of the LTE system; or
  • the access network device 111 or 112 may also be a wireless router of a Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) system, a wireless repeater, or the like. This application does not limit this.
  • Wi-Fi Wireless Fidelity
  • the access network device may include a device in the access network that communicates with the terminal over one or more sectors on the air interface or a chip that may be disposed on the device, including but not limited to: GSM system or CDMA.
  • a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in the system may also include a base station (NodeB) in the WCDMA system, an evolved base station (eNodeB or eNB or e-NodeB) in the LTE system and its evolved system, or a relay station, access Point or radio remote unit (RRU), and access network equipment in fifth generation (5G) communication systems (such as transmission point (TP), transmission reception point (TRP), base station, small Base station equipment, etc., access network equipment in future communication systems, access nodes in Wi-Fi systems, wireless relay nodes, Wireless backhaul nodes, etc.
  • 5G fifth generation
  • the terminal device may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, A wireless communication device, user agent, or user device.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone, a tablet, a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (AR) terminal.
  • Equipment wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation security ( A wireless terminal in a transportation safety, a wireless terminal in a smart city, a wireless terminal in a smart home, and the like.
  • the application scenario in this application does not limit the application scenario.
  • the foregoing terminal device and a chip that can be disposed in the foregoing terminal device are collectively referred to as a terminal device.
  • FIG. 1 exemplarily shows a plurality of access network devices and a plurality of terminal devices and cells corresponding to the plurality of access network devices and a plurality of terminal devices, but this should not constitute any limitation to the present application.
  • the communication system may include other numbers of access network devices and terminal devices, and may also include other numbers of terminal devices within the coverage of the same access network device, and more cells may be deployed in the communication system, or The communication system may also distinguish the service areas of the access network devices without using the cell. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • LAA-LTE system First, LAA-LTE system:
  • the carrier aggregation (CA) configuration and structure in the LTE system are used to configure carriers on the carrier-licensed band (for convenience of distinction and description, referred to as licensed carriers), and the licensed carrier is used as an auxiliary to use the unlicensed band.
  • the upper carrier (for ease of distinction and description, referred to as the unlicensed carrier for short) communicates. That is to say, the communication device can use the licensed carrier as a primary component carrier (PCC) or a primary cell (PCell) by means of a CA, and the unlicensed carrier is used as a secondary component carrier (SCC). Or secondary cell (Secondary Cell, SCell).
  • the communication device can use the licensed carrier to inherit the traditional advantages of wireless communication in the LTE system, for example, in terms of mobility, security, quality of service, and simultaneous handling of multi-user scheduling, and can achieve network capacity offload by utilizing the unlicensed carrier.
  • the purpose of this is to reduce the attachment of the licensed carrier.
  • subframe type 3 is defined, and any subframe belonging to subframe type 3 may be an uplink subframe or a downlink subframe, or any subframe may be uplink or downlink.
  • the same direction may refer to the same uplink transmission or the same downlink transmission, and different directions may refer to both uplink transmission and downlink transmission.
  • an unlicensed band is a frequency segment that is not officially constrained.
  • the unlicensed band is relative to the licensed band.
  • the resource sharing in the unlicensed band is essentially a limitation on the use of specific spectrum, such as the transmission power and out-of-band leakage, to ensure that the basic coexistence requirements are met between multiple devices sharing the band.
  • the terminal device transmits a signal to the access network device in the cell through the channel of the unlicensed spectrum, it needs to obtain the channel usage right of the unlicensed spectrum, and follows the limitation of the transmission power and bandwidth of the resource usage on the unlicensed spectrum.
  • Claim It does not limit radio technology, operating companies and years of use, but does not guarantee the quality of its services.
  • unlicensed band resources can achieve the purpose of network capacity diversion, but it is required to comply with the regulatory requirements of unlicensed band resources in different geographies and different spectrums. These requirements are usually designed to protect public systems such as radar, as well as to ensure that multiple systems do not cause harmful effects and fair coexistence with each other, including emission power limits, out-of-band leak indicators, indoor and outdoor use restrictions, and areas. There are also some additional coexistence strategies and so on. For example, each communication device can compete for the use of the unlicensed band by using a Listen Before Talk (LBT) mechanism.
  • LBT Listen Before Talk
  • the communication device Before the communication device transmits a signal (for example, a data signal) on a certain channel (for example, as the first channel), it may first detect whether the first channel is idle, that is, whether it is detected that the nearby communication device is occupying the first channel. Signal, this detection process can be referred to as Clear Channel Assessment (CCA). If the first channel is detected to be idle for a period of time, the communication device can transmit a signal; if it is detected that the first channel is occupied, then the communication device is currently unable to transmit a signal on the first channel. The communication device can detect whether the channel is idle by means of signal detection, energy detection or the like.
  • CCA Clear Channel Assessment
  • the communication device determines whether the channel is idle by signal detection, if the specific signal (for example, a preamble in the Wi-Fi system) is not detected, the channel is considered to be idle, and the unlicensed band can be utilized.
  • Resource transmission signal If the communication device determines whether the channel is idle through energy detection, if the received or detected energy (or power) is lower than a certain threshold, the channel is considered to be idle, and the channel can be utilized.
  • Resource transmission signals in licensed bands. In areas where LBT is constrained, communication devices that require unlicensed bands are required to detect whether the channel is idle before using the unlicensed band for data transmission.
  • channel listening The process by which a communication device receives a signal on a certain channel to detect whether the channel is idle (or, referred to as an idle channel assessment) may be referred to as channel listening.
  • the communication device determines whether the channel is idle by signal detection, if the specific signal is not detected, the channel is considered to be idle, or the signal transmission and reception of other communication devices is not heard; when a specific signal is detected In this case, it is considered that the channel is busy, or that the signal of other communication devices is received and received.
  • the communication device determines whether the channel is idle through energy detection, if the received or detected energy is lower than a certain threshold, the channel is considered to be idle, or the signal of other communication device is not heard. When the received or detected energy is above a certain threshold, the channel is considered to be busy, or the signal of other communication devices is heard.
  • the communication device may listen only in the sub-band, or may listen in the full bandwidth (or in the wideband listening). Therefore, it is possible for two or more communication devices that are geographically adjacent to each other to hear each other's signals.
  • broadband listening can be understood as the interception of communication equipment in broadband.
  • broadband can be understood as the total bandwidth that a communication device can use.
  • broadband can be system bandwidth, which is the available bandwidth defined in the system. It should be noted that the entire bandwidth may be all (ie, 100%) or part (ie, less than 100%) of the available bandwidth. If the entire bandwidth is part of the bandwidth of the available bandwidth, for example, 80%, the remaining unusable bandwidth may be distributed as guard bands on both sides of the available bandwidth, or may be discretely distributed in the available bandwidth. In other words, the bandwidth of the broadband can be continuous or discontinuous in the frequency domain.
  • the bandwidth for wideband listening can be defined as 100M; the available bandwidth can also be 80M, and the bandwidth for wideband listening can be defined as 80M.
  • the available bandwidth is 80M, The remaining 20M in the bandwidth of the system can be distributed as guard bands on both sides of the available bandwidth.
  • the bandwidth of the broadband can be continuous in the frequency domain; 10M can also be distributed as a guard band on the available bandwidth.
  • the other 10M is discretely distributed in the available bandwidth, and at this time, the bandwidth of the broadband may be discontinuous in the frequency domain.
  • bandwidth of the broadband enumerated above and the distribution in the frequency domain are merely exemplary for convenience of understanding, and should not be construed as limiting the present application.
  • the definition of the broadband is not limited in this application.
  • Subband snooping can be understood as the interception of the communication device in the subband.
  • a subband can be understood as a subset of a wide band, that is, a subband is part or all of a wide band.
  • the bandwidth of the subbands may be continuous or discontinuous in the frequency domain. This application does not limit this.
  • the access network device 111 simultaneously transmits downlink signals to the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122, and when the access network device 111 transmits signals to the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122, respectively.
  • the frequency domain resources used may be mutually orthogonal. If the terminal device 121 is listening on the broadband, it is possible to detect the downlink signal sent by the access network device 111 to the terminal device 122. Similarly, if the terminal device 122 is listening on the broadband, it is also possible to detect the access network device. 111 a downlink signal transmitted to the terminal device 121.
  • the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122 may also simultaneously detect the access network device 112 to the terminal device 123 and the terminal device 124.
  • the downlink signal sent. In other words, if the communication device is listening on the broadband, communication between any two communication devices may be heard by other communication devices.
  • the access network device 111 simultaneously transmits downlink signals to the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122, and the access network
  • the frequency domain resources used when the device 111 sends signals to the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122 respectively may be orthogonal to each other;
  • the access network device 112 simultaneously transmits downlink signals to the terminal device 123 and the terminal device 124, and the access network device
  • the frequency domain resources used when transmitting signals to the terminal device 123 and the terminal device 124, respectively, are orthogonal to each other.
  • the terminal device 121 or the terminal device 122 may detect the downlink signal sent by the access network device 112 to the terminal device 123 and the terminal device 124, and the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122 may not hear each other;
  • the terminal device 123 or the terminal device 124 may detect the downlink signal sent by the access network device 111 to the terminal device 111 and the terminal device 112, and the terminal device 123 and the terminal device 124 may not hear each other. In other words, if the communication device is only listening on the sub-band, the communication devices in the same cell may not be able to hear each other.
  • any subframe may be either an uplink subframe or a downlink subframe, such as subframe type 3 in the LAA-LTE system described above. Therefore, there may be interference between uplink and downlink signals between two or more communication devices that are geographically adjacent.
  • the transmission direction of the signal that may be received may be as shown in the following table:
  • the access network device 111 in the cell #1 transmits the downlink signal to the terminal device 121 or the terminal device 122.
  • the terminal device 121 or the terminal device 122 sends an uplink signal to the access network device, it may be interfered by the uplink and downlink transmissions of the neighboring cell (for example, the cell #2).
  • Table 1 only shows a list of signals that the communication device may receive in the cell #1 for the communication device in the case of sub-band listening in the case of sub-band listening, but this should not constitute any of the application. It is defined that if the communication device is listening in wideband, the communication device in cell #1 may receive signals from upper and lower transmissions of more communication devices. For the sake of brevity, we will not list them one by one here.
  • the communication device uses the energy detection method to determine whether the channel is idle, it may further determine whether the energy of the received signal is greater than or equal to a preset energy detection threshold, thereby determining whether the channel is idle.
  • the terminal device may perform sub-band interception or broadband interception during channel interception. If the terminal device performs subband listening, in the same cell, if the resource occupation of each terminal device can be different in at least one dimension, for example, it can be distinguished by code division depluxing (CDD). Multiple terminal devices in the same cell. In this case, any two terminal devices in the same cell that are simultaneously transmitting data with the access network device may not interfere with each other; if the terminal device performs wideband interception, the same cell and the access network device simultaneously Multiple terminal devices that perform data transmission may interfere with each other. In the case of large interference, data reception performance may be degraded, and even the access network device or some terminal devices may not receive data correctly. However, it can be understood that only two cells are exemplarily drawn in FIG. 1. If there are more cells adjacent to cell #1 in the communication system, cell #1 may also receive more from the same time. Uplink and downlink signals of multiple cells.
  • CDD code division depluxing
  • the channel listening result determined by the method of determining the channel is idle by the preset energy detection threshold may not be accurate.
  • the access network device 111 in FIG. 1 is transmitting a downlink signal to the terminal device 121 (referred to as signal #1 for ease of distinction and description), and the access network device 112 is intended to send a downlink to the terminal device 124.
  • Signal (recorded as signal #2 for ease of distinction and explanation). Since the access network device 111 and the access network device 112 can be regarded as line-of-sight transmission, the path loss of the signal #1 transmitted by the access network device 111 to the access network device 112 is small, and the received power is high, which may be greater than Preset energy detection threshold. Therefore, the access network device 112 can hear the signal #1 of the access network device 111, and then considers that the channel is busy and cannot send the signal #2 to the terminal device 124.
  • the terminal device 124 since the terminal device 124 is relatively far from the access network device 111 (or the cell #1), the path loss when the signal #1 arrives at the terminal device 124 may be large, and the received power is low. If the access network device 112 sends a signal #2 to the terminal device 124, the signal #2 may be properly demodulated by the terminal device 124. For example, since the received power of the received interference signal (ie, signal #1) is low, it can be ignored, and the terminal device 124 receives the signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR) of the signal #2. ) may be higher.
  • SINR signal to interference plus noise ratio
  • the access network device 112 suspends the originally transmittable signal, so that the resource usage rate is lowered, the user cannot receive the signal in time, and the network performance and user experience are degraded.
  • the access network device 112 and the terminal device 121 may be referred to as exposed nodes.
  • the access network device 111 in FIG. 1 is transmitting a downlink signal to the terminal device 121 (eg, a letter) No. #1), and the terminal device 124 is about to send an uplink signal to the access network device 112 (recorded as signal #3 for ease of distinction and description). Since the distance between the terminal device 124 and the access network device 111 is large, the path loss transmitted by the signal #1 transmitted by the access network device 111 to the terminal device 124 is large, and the received power is small, which may be less than a preset energy detection threshold. Therefore, if the terminal device 124 does not hear the signal #1 of the access network device 111, the channel is considered to be idle, and the access network device 112 can transmit the signal #3.
  • the terminal device 124 does not hear the signal #1 of the access network device 111, the channel is considered to be idle, and the access network device 112 can transmit the signal #3.
  • the signal #1 transmitted by the access network device 111 is transmitted to the access network device 112 with a small path loss and a high received power. .
  • the access network device 112 simultaneously receives the signal #3 transmitted by the terminal device 124, the signal #3 may not be correctly demodulated.
  • the terminal device 124 transmits a signal that should not be transmitted, so that the reception quality of the signal is degraded, the network performance is degraded, and the user experience is degraded.
  • the access network device 111 and the terminal device 124 may be referred to as hidden nodes.
  • the access network device 111 and the access network device 112 in the present application are not limited to the case of line-of-sight transmission.
  • the path loss can be considered smaller and the signal reception quality is higher.
  • the transmission between the terminal devices and the transmission between the terminal devices and the access network devices can be regarded as non-line-of-sight transmission in most cases. .
  • the signal transmission path loss between the two communication devices having the above characteristics is large, and the received signal quality is poor.
  • the signal transmission path loss between the terminal device 121 and the access network device 112 in the present application is large.
  • the present application provides a channel listening method, which can determine the power detection threshold according to the type of the received signal, which is beneficial to improve the accuracy of channel sensing, thereby improving the performance of the communication system.
  • power can be understood as energy per unit time.
  • energy can be understood as consumption in a certain period of time
  • power can be understood as consumption per unit time. Therefore, the method of energy detection and The method of power detection can be substantially the same.
  • the various embodiments provided by the present application are described in connection with the power detection threshold, but it should be understood that this should not be construed as limiting the application.
  • Those skilled in the art can modify or replace the power detection threshold according to the relationship between power and energy to obtain an energy detection threshold, and perform idle channel estimation according to the energy detection threshold. Therefore, the technical solution for performing the idle channel estimation according to the energy detection threshold should also fall within the protection scope of the present application.
  • the description of the same or similar cases will be omitted for the sake of brevity.
  • the first to the twelfth are only for facilitating distinguishing different objects, for example, distinguishing different access network devices, different terminal devices, different cells, different signals, different signal types, Different power detection thresholds, different thresholds, different offsets, different conditions, etc., should not be construed as limiting the application.
  • the downlink transmission signal is recorded as the first type signal
  • the uplink transmission signal is recorded as the second type signal.
  • the signals transmitted in the same direction and the signals transmitted in the opposite direction are different.
  • the signal sent by the access network is a downlink signal, and therefore, the signal transmitted in the same direction (or simply the same direction signal) may be downlink.
  • Signal, that is, the first type of signal, the signal transmitted in the opposite direction can It is the uplink signal, which is the second type of signal.
  • the signal sent by the terminal device is an uplink signal, and therefore, the signal transmitted in the same direction may be an uplink signal, that is, the second type of signal, which is transmitted in the opposite direction.
  • the signal can be a downlink signal, that is, a first type of signal.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method 200 for channel interception provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 200 illustrated in FIG. 2 may be applied to a LAA-LTE system, and the method 200 may be referred to as an access network device in the LAA-LTE system (referred to as a first access for ease of distinction and description) Network device) execution.
  • the first access network device may be any one of the LAA-LTE systems, for example, the first access network device may be the access network device in the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 111 or access network device 112.
  • the first access network device is the access network device 111 in the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1. If the access network device 111 wants to send a signal to the terminal device (for example, the terminal device 121), the access network device 111 needs to perform idle channel estimation first, and then send a signal according to the idle channel evaluation result.
  • the terminal device for example, the terminal device 121
  • the method 200 can include steps 210 through 250.
  • the method 200 is described in detail below.
  • step 210 the first access network device receives a signal on the unlicensed band resource.
  • the first access network device can receive signals from access network devices and/or terminal devices in the communication system on the unlicensed band resources.
  • the signal received by the first access network device may include: at least one access network device from the first access network device (for the purpose of distinguishing and interpreting, the second access is recorded) The first type of signal of the network device, the second type of signal from at least one terminal device.
  • the first access network device can receive downlink signals from at least one other access network device, and/or uplink signals from at least one terminal device.
  • the first access network device may also receive a noise signal.
  • the first access network device may receive the first type of signal and the noise signal on the unlicensed band resource, may also receive the second type of signal and the noise signal, and may also receive the first type of signal, The second type of signal and noise signal.
  • the access network device 111 may only receive the downlink signal from the access network device 112, or may only receive the uplink signal from the terminal device 123, and may also receive the incoming signal.
  • the first access network device and the second access network device are relatively the same, and the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 is taken as an example.
  • the second The access network device can include an access network device 112.
  • the first access network device is the access network device 112
  • the second access network device may include the access network device 111. It will be understood that although not shown in FIG. 1, the second access network device may also include other access network devices.
  • the application does not limit the number of second access network devices and the number of terminal devices.
  • the first access network device may also receive signals from different systems.
  • the heterogeneous system can be understood as a system different from LAA-LTE.
  • LAA-LTE For example, a Wi-Fi system. Since the first access network cannot determine whether the signal is an uplink signal or a downlink signal, in order to ensure the accuracy of channel sensing, the signal from the different system may be determined as a signal transmitted in the opposite direction.
  • the second type of signal further includes a signal from a different system.
  • the first access network device can determine that the signal from the different system is an uplink signal or a downlink signal, in which case the first access network device can be from a different system.
  • the downlink signal is determined to be the first type of signal
  • the uplink signal from the different system is determined as the second type of signal.
  • the first access network device determines a first power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal.
  • the first power detection threshold can be understood as a parameter for determining whether the channel is idle.
  • the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold based on a signal type of the received signal. In other words, the first access network device can adjust the first power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal.
  • the method 200 further includes: Step 230, the first access network device determines a signal type of the received signal according to the received common signal.
  • the common signal includes at least one of the following: an uplink reference signal, a downlink reference signal, a downlink synchronization signal, and a synchronization signal block.
  • a common signal can be understood as a signal that is indispensable in the communication process.
  • the access network device may periodically send synchronization signals, such as a Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS), a Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS), and a Synchronization Signal Block (Synchronization Signal Block).
  • PSS Primary Synchronization Signal
  • SSS Secondary Synchronization Signal
  • SSB Synchronization Signal Block
  • the communication device may perform channel measurement by using a reference signal before transmitting the data signal, for example, a Channel State Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS), an uplink CSI-RS, or the like.
  • CSI-RS Channel State Information Reference Signal
  • DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
  • the first access network device may determine whether the received public signal is an uplink signal or a downlink signal according to a priori information, for example, a sequence characteristic of the signal, an occupied time-frequency resource or a transmission period, and the received public signal.
  • a priori information for example, a sequence characteristic of the signal, an occupied time-frequency resource or a transmission period, and the received public signal.
  • the first access network device can acquire sequence characteristics of various possible common signals in advance, perform blind detection based on various sequence characteristics, and detect a common signal from a certain communication device.
  • the sequence it can be determined whether the common signal is an uplink signal or a downlink signal according to a sequence matching the common signal, thereby determining whether the received signal from the same communication device is an uplink signal or a downlink signal, that is, It is determined whether the received signal is the first type of signal or the second type of signal.
  • the method for determining, by the first access network device, the first power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal includes at least the following two types:
  • the first access network device may determine a first initial power detection threshold in advance, and then determine the first power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and the first initial power detection threshold.
  • the communication system may pre-define (eg, define a protocol) a plurality of power detection thresholds, where the plurality of power detection thresholds are pre-configured, and then according to the signal type of the received signal The first power detection threshold is determined in the power detection thresholds.
  • step 220 in different situations will be described in detail below in conjunction with specific embodiments.
  • step 240 the first access network device performs an idle channel assessment according to the first power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device may determine whether the channel is currently busy or idle according to the relationship between the total received power of the signal and the first power detection threshold in step 210. For example, when the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to the first power detection threshold, the channel is considered to be in a busy state; when the total received power of the signal is less than the first power detection threshold, the channel is considered to be in an idle state.
  • the method 200 further includes: step 250, the first access network device sends a signal according to the idle channel evaluation result.
  • the first access network device may suspend sending a signal when it is determined that the channel is busy, and optionally, the first access network device may resume signal transmission until the channel is detected to be idle.
  • the first access network device can also use the channel to transmit a signal if it is determined that the channel is idle.
  • the steps performed by the first access network device after determining the idle channel evaluation result may be the same as the prior art, and a detailed description of the specific content thereof is omitted herein for the sake of brevity.
  • the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal, and the value of the first power detection threshold is determined by considering interference that may be caused by different signal types. Different from the signal type of the received signal, the evaluation result is more accurate than the prior art using the fixed power detection threshold for the idle channel estimation, that is, the channel sensing accuracy is improved, so that the The probability that an access network device transmits a signal also differs depending on the type of the signal of the received signal. Therefore, it is advantageous to improve the data utilization performance of the resource utilization, thereby contributing to improving the performance of the communication system.
  • the first access network device if the received signal is mainly from other access network devices, that is, the same direction signal, the first access network device mainly performs the same direction. Channel listening. Since the probability of the hidden node and the exposed node is low due to the same channel interception, the interference of the first access network device under the same channel interception is small, so that the energy detection threshold can be further improved, thereby improving the access wireless channel. The probability. Conversely, if the signal received by the first access network device is mainly from the terminal device, that is, the anisotropic signal, the first access network device mainly performs the isolating channel interception.
  • the interference of the first access network device under the heterogeneous channel interception may be greatly interfered, thereby further reducing the energy detection threshold, thereby reducing the The interference of the network device.
  • the first access network device may predetermine a first initial power detection threshold.
  • the first initial power detection threshold may be predefined, for example, a protocol definition, or may be determined by the first access network device.
  • the method 200 further includes: the first access network device determining, according to the transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth information, a first initial power detection threshold.
  • the transmit power information includes: actual transmit power (or transmit power, output power) or maximum transmit power of the first access network device on the unlicensed band resource, where the carrier bandwidth information includes: the first connection The actual transmission bandwidth or maximum transmission bandwidth of the network access device on the unlicensed band resources.
  • the actual transmit power may be the power used by the first access network device to send one or more signals on the unlicensed band resource, where the one or more signals are that the first access network device is ready to send. And for an untransmitted signal, the power used to transmit the one or more signals is the power that the first access network device is prepared to use to transmit the one or more signals.
  • the actual transmission bandwidth may be the bandwidth of the frequency domain resource used by the first access network device to transmit the one or more signals on the unlicensed band resource, and the frequency used to transmit the one or more signals.
  • the domain resource is a frequency domain resource that is pre-scheduled by the first access network device for transmitting the one or more signals.
  • the maximum transmit power and the maximum transmit bandwidth can be understood as the upper limit of the power and bandwidth that the access network device can use.
  • the first access network device may determine a first initial power threshold according to the following formula:
  • T max 10 ⁇ log 10 (F ⁇ BW)
  • B, E, F, T A , and P H are preset values
  • F is a real number
  • BW is a carrier bandwidth.
  • the actual transmission bandwidth or the maximum transmission bandwidth may be the above
  • the P TX is the actual transmission power or the maximum transmission power.
  • B can be -72dBm
  • E can be 20MHz
  • T A can be 10dB
  • T A in demodulation reference signal transmission
  • T A can be 5dB
  • P H in 23dBm
  • F can be 3.16228 ⁇ 10 -8 mW/MHz.
  • the first initial power detection threshold may be understood as an initial value of a power detection threshold, and after determining the first initial power detection threshold, the first access network device may further perform the received signal according to the received signal.
  • the type determines whether adjustment is needed based on the pre-obtained first initial power detection threshold, for example, increasing or decreasing to obtain a first power detection threshold.
  • the first power detection threshold may be different depending on the type of the received signal, and is not a fixed value.
  • the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal.
  • the signal type of the signal received by the first access network device may include at least one of the following three conditions:
  • Case 1 the first access network device only receives the first type of signal, or the first access network device only receives the first type of signal and the noise signal;
  • Case 2 the first access network device only receives the second type of signal, or the first access network device only receives the second type of signal and the noise signal;
  • Case 3 The first access network device receives the first type of signal and the second type of signal, or the first access network device receives the first type of signal, the second type of signal, and the noise signal.
  • Step 220 will be described in detail below in conjunction with the three cases listed above.
  • the first power detection threshold may be directly determined. The first power detection threshold is greater than the first initial power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device may also determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal.
  • step 220 specifically includes:
  • the first access network device determines a first power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
  • the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal when the received signal satisfies the first condition.
  • the first access network device may determine a first power detection threshold if the received power of the first type of signal meets the first preset condition, where the first power detection threshold is greater than the first initial power detection threshold. Or, the preset power detection threshold is increased.
  • the first preset condition may include at least one of the following:
  • the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset first threshold
  • Condition 2 The ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset second threshold.
  • the total received power is the total power of the signal received by the first access network device.
  • the signal received by the first access network device may include a first type of signal from other access network devices, or a first type of signal and a noise signal. Therefore, in case 1, the total received power is the total power of the first type of signal received by the first access network device, or the first access network device receives the total power of the first type of signal and the noise signal.
  • the first access network device may determine a first preset condition in advance, for example, if the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset first threshold, determining that the first preset condition is met, determining the first power The detection threshold is greater than the first initial power detection threshold; or, if the ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset second threshold, it is considered that the first preset condition is met, and the first The power detection threshold is greater than the first initial power detection threshold; or the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset first threshold and the ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset In the case of the second threshold, it is considered that the first preset condition is met, and it is determined that the first power detection threshold is greater than the first initial power detection threshold. Correspondingly, if the received power of the first type of signal does not meet the first preset condition, the first initial power
  • the first access network device may determine that the first preset condition is at least one of the foregoing enumerated items, and when the received signal satisfies the first case, directly according to whether the received power of the first type of signal is The first preset condition is met, and the first power detection threshold is determined.
  • the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the type of the received signal and the received power of each type of signal, and further includes:
  • the first access network device determines a first offset when the first type of signal satisfies the first preset condition, where the first offset is a positive number;
  • the first access network device determines a sum of the first initial power detection threshold and the first offset as a first power detection threshold.
  • the first offset may be determined by at least one of the following:
  • the first offset is predefined, for example, a protocol definition.
  • the value of the offset may be predefined (eg, defined by the protocol), and the first access network device may directly use the predefined offset as the first offset.
  • the first access network device determines the preset multiple offsets.
  • a plurality of candidate offsets may be predefined (eg, defined by a protocol), and the first access network device may traverse each offset by, for example, network training, according to network performance corresponding to the offset. For example, cell throughput, or user-aware throughput, converges to one or more offsets such that the cell throughput or user-aware throughput reaches a relatively optimal value, and the offset is directly determined as The first offset, or one of the plurality of offsets, is selected as the first offset.
  • the first access network device determines that the first power detection threshold is greater than a value of the first initial power threshold when the received signal satisfies the first one, so that the first The access network device performs the idle channel assessment more accurately, but this should not limit the application.
  • the first power detection threshold may be directly determined.
  • the first power detection threshold is less than the first initial power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device may also determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of the second type of signal in case 2.
  • step 220 specifically includes:
  • the first access network device determines a first power detection threshold according to the type of the received signal and the received power of each type of signal.
  • the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of the second type of signal. For example, the first access network device may determine that the first power detection threshold is smaller than the first initial power detection threshold, or the preset power detection threshold, if the received power of the second type of signal meets the second preset condition. Being lowered.
  • the second preset condition may include at least one of the following:
  • Condition 3 The received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset third threshold
  • Condition 4 The ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset fourth threshold.
  • the signal received by the first access network device may include a second type of signal from the terminal device, or a second type of signal and a noise signal. Therefore, in case 2, the total received power is the total power of the first type of signal received by the first access network device, or the total power of the second type of signal and the noise signal is received by the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may determine a second preset condition in advance, for example, if the received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset third threshold, determining that the second preset condition is met, determining the first power The detection threshold is smaller than the first initial power detection threshold; or, if the ratio of the received power of the second type signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset fourth threshold, it is considered that the second preset condition is met, and the first The power detection threshold is smaller than the first initial power detection threshold; or, the received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset third threshold, and the ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset value.
  • the fourth threshold it is determined that the second preset condition is met, and the first power detection threshold is determined to be smaller than the first initial power detection threshold; correspondingly, if the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition, The first initial power detection threshold is directly determined as the first power detection threshold, that is, the preset power detection threshold may not be adjusted.
  • the first access network device may determine that the second preset condition is at least one of the foregoing enumerated items, and when the received signal satisfies the second case, directly meet the received power according to the second type of signal.
  • the second preset condition determines a first power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the type of the received signal and the received power of each type of signal, and further includes:
  • the first access network device determines a second offset when the second type of signal satisfies the second preset condition, where the second offset is a positive number;
  • the first access network device determines a difference between the first initial power detection threshold and the second offset as a first power detection threshold.
  • the second offset may also be determined by any one of the foregoing manners a and b, as follows:
  • the second offset is predefined, for example, a protocol definition
  • the first access network device determines the preset multiple offsets.
  • the first access network device determines that the first power detection threshold is less than a value of the first initial power threshold, so that the first The access network device performs the idle channel assessment more accurately, but this should not limit the application.
  • the present application also does not exclude the possibility that the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold to be greater than the value of the first initial power detection threshold when the received signal satisfies case 2, in this case,
  • first offset determined in case one and the second offset determined in case two may be uncorrelated, both of which may be preset or first. It is calculated by the access network device, and the value of the two offsets is not limited in this application. The value of the first offset and the value of the second offset may be the same or different.
  • the first access network device may determine the corresponding two conditions as the first preset condition and the second preset condition, respectively.
  • the condition 1 is determined as the first preset condition, and the condition is met.
  • the third threshold is determined to be a second preset condition.
  • the first threshold may be, for example, -60 dBm, and the third threshold may be, for example, -80 dBm. Alternatively, the first threshold and the third threshold may be the same value, for example, may be -80 dBm.
  • condition 2 is determined as the first preset condition
  • condition 4 is determined as the second preset condition
  • the second threshold may be, for example, 60%
  • the fourth threshold may be, for example, 80. %, or the second threshold and the fourth threshold may be the same value, for example, may be 80%
  • the condition 1 and the condition 2 are determined as the first preset condition
  • the condition 3 and Condition 4 is determined as the second preset condition.
  • the condition 1 is determined as the first preset condition
  • the condition 3 and the condition 4 are determined as the second preset condition.
  • Condition 1 and Condition 2 are determined as the first preset condition, the received power of the first type of signal is considered to satisfy the first preset condition when both Condition 1 and Condition 2 are satisfied. It is considered that the first preset condition is not satisfied if only condition one or condition two is satisfied or both condition one and condition two are not satisfied.
  • condition three and condition four are determined as the second preset condition, the received power of the second type of signal satisfies the condition three and the The case of the fourth item is considered to satisfy the second preset condition, and is considered to not satisfy the second preset condition if only the condition three or the condition four or the condition three and the condition four are not satisfied.
  • the first access network device may be fixed or may not be updated for a certain period of time, and according to the performance of the communication system during the period of time, The first preset condition and/or the second preset condition may be adjusted.
  • the values of the first threshold to the fourth threshold are not limited, and the specific values of the first threshold to the fourth threshold are not limited. It should also be understood that between the first threshold and the second threshold, between the third threshold and the fourth threshold, and between the first threshold, the second threshold and the third threshold, and the fourth threshold may be uncorrelated. The specific value can be adjusted according to actual needs.
  • the first access network device receives the signal of the first type, that is, receives the signal to be sent (ie, downlink).
  • the signal of the first type that is, receives the signal to be sent (ie, downlink).
  • the signal to be sent ie, downlink.
  • a higher power detection threshold may be used, that is, the probability of the first access network device transmitting a signal is higher; in the case of receiving the second type of signal, that is, the opposite transmission direction is received when the received signal is to be transmitted.
  • the interference to the first access network device may be large, so a lower one may be adopted.
  • the power detection threshold that is, the probability that the first access network device transmits a signal is low.
  • the first access network device has higher tolerance to signals transmitted in the same direction, or the signals transmitted in the same direction may have less interference to the signals transmitted by the first access network device, so In the case that the signal transmitted in the same direction is received and the signal transmitted in the opposite direction is not received, a higher power detection threshold may be adopted; instead, the first access network device has a lower tolerance to the signal transmitted in the opposite direction. Or, the signal transmitted by the opposite direction may cause a large interference to the signal sent by the first access network device. Therefore, when receiving the signal transmitted in the opposite direction, a lower power detection threshold may be adopted. .
  • the embodiment of the present application determines the first power detection threshold according to the signal type and the combined receiving power, and can adjust the power detection threshold according to the influence of different signal types on the signal receiving quality, thereby facilitating the channel recording accuracy.
  • improving resource utilization and data receiving performance, and improving performance of the communication system; and determining, by the first access network device, an offset from the first initial power detection threshold according to the current situation, thereby determining A power detection threshold can take into account the difference in power detection thresholds between devices, and the determined first power detection threshold is also more reasonable.
  • Case 1 and Case 2 listed above are only two possible cases of signals received by the first access network device, and should not constitute any limitation on the present application, and should not constitute a suitable scenario of the above method.
  • the above method of determining the first power detection threshold is equally applicable to a scenario in which both the first type of signal and the second type of signal (ie, Case 3 shown below) are received. For example, if the operator only pays attention to the received power of the signal in a certain direction, for example, only the received power of the signal transmitted in the same direction or the received power of the signal transmitted in the opposite direction, the first access network device can still determine the first method by using the above method.
  • a power detection threshold facilitates idle channel evaluation.
  • the method for determining the first power detection threshold is not limited to the above enumeration, and the first access network device may also be The first power detection threshold is determined by considering the received power of the first type signal and the second type signal.
  • the specific method for determining the first power detection threshold in the case where the first access network device receives the first type signal and the second type signal simultaneously is described in detail below.
  • the first access network device may directly select a lower power detection threshold, for example, determine the first power detection threshold as A value less than or equal to the first initial power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device may also determine a first power detection threshold according to the received power of each type of signal.
  • step 220 specifically includes:
  • the first access network device determines a first power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
  • the first access network device can determine the first power detection threshold by combining the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal.
  • the specific manner for the first access network device to determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal includes the following:
  • Mode A determining, when the received power of the first type of signal meets the first preset condition, and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition, where the first power detection threshold is greater than First initial power detection threshold;
  • Mode B determining, when the received power of the second type of signal meets the second preset condition, and the received power of the first type of signal does not meet the first preset condition, where the first power detection threshold is less than First initial power detection threshold;
  • Mode C determining a first power detection threshold, where the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition, where the first power detection threshold is Equal to the first initial power detection threshold;
  • Mode D determining, when the received power of the first type of signal meets the first preset condition, and the received power of the second type of signal meets the second preset condition, where the first power detection threshold is less than or Equal to the first initial power detection threshold.
  • the first preset condition may be Condition 1 or Condition 2 listed above, or a combination of Condition 1 and Condition 2, and the second preset condition may be Condition 3, or Condition 4, or Condition 3 listed above. And the combination of condition four.
  • the first preset condition and the second preset condition are not limited to the above enumeration.
  • the first preset condition may further include condition five: the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal.
  • the ratio of the second preset condition may further include the condition 6: the ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to 1, or the first preset condition may also be conditional five
  • the combination of at least one of Condition 1 and Condition 2 listed above, and the second predetermined condition may also be a combination of Condition 6 and at least one of Condition 3 and Condition 4 listed above.
  • mode A may further include the following steps:
  • the sum of the first initial power detection threshold and the third offset is determined as a first power detection threshold.
  • mode B may further include the following steps:
  • the difference between the first initial power detection threshold and the fourth offset is determined as a first power detection threshold.
  • the mode D may further include the following steps:
  • Determining a fifth offset and determining a difference between the first initial power detection threshold and the fifth offset as a first power detection threshold, wherein the fifth offset is a positive number.
  • the above third offset to fifth offset may be determined by any one of the above manners a and b.
  • the two specific implementations for determining the offset have been described in detail in Case 1. For the sake of brevity, a detailed description of the specific implementation is omitted herein.
  • the third to fifth offsets listed above may be uncorrelated.
  • the value of the three offsets is not limited in this application, and the values of the three offsets are not limited. Can be completely different, partially identical, or identical.
  • the first access network device can still determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of each type of signal, and receive the multiple types of signals.
  • a higher power detection threshold may be adopted, that is, the probability that the first access network device transmits a signal is higher; and the received power of the received anisotropic signal accounts for a greater proportion.
  • a lower power detection threshold can be used, that is, the probability that the first access network device transmits a signal is low.
  • the power detection threshold can be adjusted according to the influence of different signal types on the signal receiving quality, thereby improving the accuracy of channel sensing and improving resource utilization. And data reception performance helps to improve the performance of the communication system. And determining, by the first access network device, an offset from the first initial power detection threshold according to the current situation, and determining a first power detection threshold, which may be determined by considering a difference in power detection thresholds between devices. The first power detection threshold is also more reasonable.
  • step 220 is described in detail above in connection with case one to case three, but this should not constitute any limitation to the present application.
  • the signal received by the first access network device is not limited to the foregoing three situations.
  • the first access network device may not receive the first type signal and the second type signal, but only receive the noise signal.
  • the first access network device may directly determine the first initial power detection threshold as the first power detection threshold.
  • the magnitude relationship between the first power detection threshold and the first initial power detection threshold in different situations of the signal received by the first access network is shown, but this application should not be applied to this application. Form any limit.
  • the present application also does not exclude the possibility that the first power detection threshold is less than the value of the first initial power detection threshold when the first type of signal satisfies the first preset condition and the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition.
  • the third offset, the fourth offset, and the fifth offset may be negative.
  • the present application does not exclude the use of a lower power detection threshold for idle channel estimation in the case of receiving an in-directional signal and a higher power detection threshold in the case of receiving an anisotropic signal.
  • the specific method of determining the first power detection threshold by the method 1 is described in detail above by combining various situations.
  • the method 2 will be described in detail below in combination with the above several cases.
  • the communication system may pre-define (eg, define a protocol) a plurality of candidate power detection thresholds, where the first access network device is pre-configured with the power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates, and then according to the received The signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal determine a first power detection threshold from the plurality of candidate power detection thresholds. Therefore, in the second method, the first initial power detection threshold may not be determined in advance.
  • the power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates may include at least: a first candidate power detection threshold, a second candidate power detection threshold, and a third candidate power detection threshold, where the first candidate power detection threshold is greater than the second candidate power detection threshold The second candidate power detection threshold is greater than the third candidate power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device may determine from a plurality of candidate power detection thresholds that are configured in advance.
  • the first power detection threshold For example, the first candidate power detection threshold listed above may be determined as the first power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device may also determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal.
  • step 220 specifically includes:
  • the first access network device determines a first power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
  • the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal when the received signal satisfies the first condition.
  • the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold if the received power of the first type of signal meets the first preset condition.
  • the first access network device may determine the first candidate power detection threshold listed above as the first power detection threshold.
  • the first preset condition may include at least one of the following:
  • the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset first threshold
  • Condition 2 The ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset second threshold.
  • the specific content of the first preset condition in the second method may be the same as the specific content of the first preset condition of the first method.
  • the specific content of the first preset condition has been described in detail above, and for brevity, it will not be described again here.
  • the first access network device may determine from a plurality of candidate power detection thresholds that are pre-configured.
  • the first power detection threshold For example, the third candidate power detection threshold listed above may be determined as the first power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device may also determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal.
  • step 220 specifically includes:
  • the first access network device determines a first power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
  • the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of the second type of signal. For example, the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold if the received power of the second type of signal satisfies the second preset condition. For example, the first access network device may determine the third candidate power detection threshold listed above as the first power detection threshold.
  • the second preset condition may include at least one of the following:
  • Condition 3 The received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset third threshold
  • Condition 4 The ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset fourth threshold.
  • the specific content of the second preset condition in the second method may be the same as the specific content of the second preset condition of the first method.
  • the specific content of the second preset condition has been described in detail above, and for brevity, it will not be described again here.
  • Case 1 and Case 2 listed above are only two possible cases of signals received by the first access network device, and should not constitute any limitation on the present application, and should not constitute a suitable scenario of the above method.
  • the above method of determining the first power detection threshold is equally applicable to a scenario in which both the first type of signal and the second type of signal (ie, Case 3 shown below) are received. For example, if the operator only pays attention to the received power of the signal in a certain direction, for example, only the received power of the signal transmitted in the same direction or the received power of the signal transmitted in the opposite direction, the first access network device can still determine the first method by using the above method.
  • a power detection threshold facilitates idle channel evaluation.
  • the method for determining the first power detection threshold is not limited to the above enumeration, and the first access network device may also be The first power detection threshold is determined by considering the received power of the first type signal and the second type signal.
  • the specific method for determining the first power detection threshold in the case where the first access network device receives the first type signal and the second type signal simultaneously is described in detail below.
  • the first access network device may directly select a lower power detection threshold, for example, multiple candidates listed above.
  • the third candidate power detection threshold in the power detection threshold is determined as a first power detection threshold.
  • the first access network device may also determine a first power detection threshold according to the received power of each type of signal.
  • step 220 specifically includes:
  • the first access network device determines a first power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
  • the first access network device can determine the first power detection threshold by combining the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal.
  • the first access network device is connected according to the first type of signals.
  • the specific methods for determining the first power detection threshold by the received power and the received power of the second type of signal include the following:
  • Mode E determining, in the case that the received power of the first type of signal meets the first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition, determining the first candidate power detection threshold as the first power detection Threshold
  • Mode F determining, in the case that the received power of the second type of signal meets the second preset condition and the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition, determining the third candidate power detection threshold as the first power detection Threshold
  • Mode G determining, in the case that the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition, determining the second candidate power detection threshold as the first power Detection threshold
  • Mode H determining, in the case that the received power of the first type of signal meets the first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal meets the second preset condition, determining the second candidate power detection threshold as the first power detection threshold .
  • the first preset condition may be Condition 1 or Condition 2 listed above, or a combination of Condition 1 and Condition 2, and the second preset condition may be Condition 3, or Condition 4, or Condition 3 listed above. And the combination of condition four.
  • the first preset condition and the second preset condition are not limited to the above enumeration.
  • the first preset condition may further include condition five: the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal.
  • the ratio of the second preset condition may further include the condition 6: the ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to 1, or the first preset condition may also be conditional five
  • the combination of at least one of Condition 1 and Condition 2 listed above, and the second predetermined condition may also be a combination of Condition 6 and at least one of Condition 3 and Condition 4 listed above.
  • the multiple candidate power detection thresholds listed above and the thresholds for different situations are merely illustrative for ease of understanding and should not be construed as limiting the application.
  • the application does not limit the number of power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates.
  • the number of candidate power detection thresholds may be more or less.
  • the first access network device may also determine, according to the method for determining the first power detection threshold, the detection threshold for the current situation from the more or less candidate power detection thresholds as the first power detection threshold. .
  • the embodiment of the present application determines the first power detection threshold according to the signal type and the received power, and can adjust the power detection threshold according to the influence of different signal types on the signal receiving quality, thereby facilitating the channel recording accuracy. , which is beneficial to improving resource utilization and data receiving performance, and helps to improve performance of the communication system; and, by determining a first power detection threshold from a plurality of predefined candidate power detection thresholds, with respect to method one, The implementation process is simpler and more convenient, and the calculation amount of the first access network device is reduced.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method 800 for channel sensing provided by another embodiment of the present application from the perspective of device interaction.
  • the method 800 illustrated in FIG. 3 can be applied to a LAA-LTE system, and the method 800 can be performed by an access network device in the LAA-LTE system.
  • the access network device for performing the method 800 may be the access network device #1, and the terminal device #1 may be distributed in the cell covered by the access network device #1. If the access network device #1 wants to send a signal to the terminal device #1, the access network device #1 may first perform an idle channel evaluation, and then send a signal according to the idle channel evaluation result.
  • the access network device #1 may correspond to the first access network device in the method 200 above, and the access network device #2 may correspond to the second access in the method 200 above. Network equipment.
  • the method 800 can include steps 801 through 806.
  • the method 800 is described in detail below.
  • step 801 access network device #1 receives the first signal from access network device #2 on the unlicensed band resource.
  • step 802 access network device #1 receives a second signal from terminal device #2 on the unlicensed band resource.
  • the step 801 and the step 802 may correspond to the step 210 in the method 200.
  • the specific process of the step 210 has been described in detail above. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.
  • the access network device #1 does not necessarily receive the first signal from the access network device #2 and the first signal from the terminal device #2 at the same time, that is, the access network device #1 It is possible to perform only one of steps 801 and 802. Moreover, in the figure, for convenience of understanding, two access network devices and two terminal devices are exemplarily drawn. In fact, the communication system may include other numbers of access network devices and terminal devices, and the access network. It is possible for device #1 to receive signals from more access network devices and from more terminal devices. This application does not limit this.
  • step 803 the access network device #1 determines the signal type of the received signal.
  • the access network device #1 may not know the signal type of the received signal when receiving the signal from the access network device #2 and/or the terminal device #2, but the access network device #1 may be public according to The signal determines the type of signal of the received signal.
  • the step 803 may correspond to the step 230 in the method 200. The specific process of the step 230 has been described in detail above. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • step 804 the access network device #1 determines a first power detection threshold based on the signal type of the received signal.
  • the step 804 may correspond to the step 220 in the method 200.
  • the specific process of the step 220 has been described in detail in conjunction with various different situations and implementation manners. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • step 805 access network device #1 performs an idle channel assessment based on the first power detection threshold.
  • the step 805 may correspond to the step 240 in the method 200.
  • the specific process of the step 240 has been described in detail above. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • step 806 the access network device #1 transmits a third signal based on the idle channel evaluation result.
  • the access network device #1 may transmit a third signal if the channel is idle according to the idle channel evaluation result, and suspend the transmission if the channel is busy. It should be understood that the process of transmitting the third signal to the terminal device #1 by the access network device #1 is only shown in the figure, but this should not constitute any limitation to the present application.
  • Step 806 may correspond to step 250 in the method 200.
  • the specific process of the step 250 has been described in detail above. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.
  • the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal, and the value of the first power detection threshold is determined by considering interference that may be caused by different signal types. Different from the signal type of the received signal, the evaluation result is more accurate than the prior art using the fixed power detection threshold for the idle channel estimation, that is, the channel sensing accuracy is improved, so that the The probability that an access network device sends a signal also varies with the signal type of the received signal. Therefore, it is beneficial to improve resource utilization and data reception performance, thereby contributing to improving the performance of the communication system.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method 300 for channel sensing provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 300 illustrated in FIG. 4 may be applied to a LAA-LTE system, and the method 300 may be performed by a terminal device (referred to as a first terminal device for convenience of distinction and description) in the LAA-LTE system.
  • the first terminal device may be any terminal device in the LAA-LTE system, for example, the first terminal device may be the terminal device 121 or the terminal device 124 in the foregoing communication system 100, or may be as shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device 122 or the terminal device 123 in the communication system 100 may be any terminal device in the LAA-LTE system, for example, the first terminal device may be the terminal device 121 or the terminal device 124 in the foregoing communication system 100, or may be as shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device 122 or the terminal device 123 in the communication system 100 may be any terminal device in the LAA-LTE system, for example, the first terminal device may
  • the first terminal device is the terminal device 121 in the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1. If the terminal device 121 wants to send a signal to the access network device (for example, the access network device 111), the terminal device 121 needs to perform the first The idle channel is evaluated, and then the signal is transmitted according to the idle channel evaluation result.
  • the access network device for example, the access network device 111
  • the method 300 can include steps 310 through 350.
  • the method 300 is described in detail below.
  • step 310 the first terminal device receives a signal on the unlicensed band resource.
  • the first terminal device can receive signals from the access network device and/or the terminal device in the communication system on the unlicensed band resources.
  • the signal received by the first terminal device may include at least: a first type of signal from the at least one access network device, and at least one terminal device other than the first terminal device (for convenience of distinction and description, The second type of signal is recorded as the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device can receive downlink signals from at least one access network device, and/or uplink signals from at least one other terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may also receive a noise signal.
  • the first terminal device may receive the first type of signal and the noise signal on the unlicensed band resource, may also receive the second type of signal and the noise signal, and may also receive the first type of signal, and the second type. Signal and noise signals.
  • the first terminal device and the second terminal device are relatively the same.
  • the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 is taken as an example. If the first terminal device is the terminal device 121, the second terminal device may include the terminal device 123.
  • the terminal device 124 may also include a terminal device 122. If the first terminal device is the terminal device 124, the second terminal device may include the terminal device 121, the terminal device 122, and possibly the terminal device 123.
  • the second terminal device may also include other terminal devices.
  • the application does not limit the number of access network devices and the number of second terminal devices.
  • the first terminal device may also receive signals from different systems.
  • the heterogeneous system can be understood as a system different from LAA-LTE.
  • LAA-LTE For example, a Wi-Fi system. Since the first terminal cannot determine whether the signal is an uplink signal or a downlink signal, in order to ensure the accuracy of channel sensing, the signal from the different system may be determined as a signal transmitted in the opposite direction.
  • the first type of signal further includes a signal from a different system.
  • determining a signal from a different system as an anisotropic signal is only one possible implementation, and the present application does not preclude the possibility of other processing of signals from different systems, for example, ignoring signals from different systems. Moreover, the present application does not exclude the possibility that the first terminal device can determine that the signal from the different system is an uplink signal or a downlink signal in the future technology. In this case, the first terminal device can downlink from the different system.
  • the signal is determined to be the first type of signal
  • the upstream signal from the different system is determined to be the second type of signal.
  • step 320 the first terminal device determines a second power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal.
  • the second power detection threshold can be understood as a parameter for determining whether the channel is idle.
  • the first terminal device may determine a second power detection threshold based on a signal type of the received signal. In other words, the first terminal device can adjust the second power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal.
  • the method 300 further includes: Step 330: The first terminal device determines, according to the received common signal, a signal type of the received signal.
  • the common signal includes at least one of the following: an uplink reference signal, a downlink reference signal, a downlink synchronization signal, and a synchronization signal block.
  • a common signal can be understood as a signal that is indispensable in the communication process.
  • the end The end device can periodically transmit synchronization signals, such as PSS, SSS, SSB, and the like.
  • the communication device may perform channel measurement by using a reference signal before transmitting the data signal, for example, a downlink CSI-RS, an uplink CSI-RS, and the like.
  • the communication device can simultaneously transmit a reference signal when transmitting a data signal, for example, a DMRS or the like.
  • the first terminal device may determine whether the received public signal is an uplink signal or a downlink signal according to a priori information, for example, a sequence characteristic of the signal, an occupied time-frequency resource or a transmission period, and the like, and the received public signal.
  • a priori information for example, a sequence characteristic of the signal, an occupied time-frequency resource or a transmission period, and the like
  • the first terminal device can acquire sequence characteristics of various possible common signals in advance, perform blind detection based on various sequence characteristics, and detect a sequence matching the common signal from a certain communication device.
  • it can be determined whether the common signal is an uplink signal or a downlink signal according to a sequence matching the common signal, and further, whether the received signal from the same communication device is an uplink signal or a downlink signal, that is, the reception can be determined.
  • the signal is the first type of signal or the second type of signal.
  • the method for determining, by the first terminal device, the first power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal includes at least the following two types:
  • the first terminal device may obtain a second initial power detection threshold in advance, and then determine the second power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal and the second initial power detection threshold.
  • the communication system may pre-define (eg, define a protocol) a plurality of power detection thresholds, and the second access network device pre-acquires the multiple power detection thresholds, and then according to the signal type of the received signal The second power detection threshold is determined in the power detection thresholds.
  • step 320 in different situations will be described in detail below in conjunction with specific embodiments.
  • step 340 the first terminal device performs idle channel estimation according to the second power detection threshold.
  • the first terminal device may determine whether the channel is currently busy or idle according to the relationship between the total received power of the signal and the first power detection threshold in step 310. For example, when the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to the second power detection threshold, the channel is considered to be in a busy state; when the total received power of the signal is less than the second power detection threshold, the channel is considered to be in an idle state.
  • the method 300 further includes: step 350, the first terminal device sends a signal according to the idle channel evaluation result.
  • the first terminal device may suspend sending a signal if it is determined that the channel is busy, and optionally, the first terminal device may resume signal transmission until the channel is detected to be idle; the first The terminal device can also use the channel to transmit a signal if it is determined that the channel is idle.
  • the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal, and the value of the second power detection threshold is determined due to interference that may be caused by different signal types considered.
  • the evaluation result is more accurate than the prior art using the fixed power detection threshold for the idle channel estimation, that is, the channel sensing accuracy is improved, so that the The probability that a terminal device transmits a signal also varies with the signal type of the received signal. Therefore, it is advantageous to improve the data utilization performance of resource utilization, thereby contributing to improving the performance of the communication system.
  • the first terminal device if the received signal mainly comes from other terminal devices, that is, the same direction signal, the first terminal device mainly performs the same channel interception. Since the probability of the hidden node and the exposed node is low due to the same channel interception, the first terminal device is interfered by the same channel listening. The interference is small, so that the energy detection threshold can be further improved, thereby increasing the probability of accessing the wireless channel. Conversely, if the signal received by the first terminal device is mainly from the terminal device, that is, the outbound signal, the first terminal device mainly performs the anisotropic channel sensing.
  • the first terminal device may be subjected to greater interference when the heterogeneous channel is intercepted, thereby further reducing the energy detection threshold, thereby reducing the network.
  • Equipment interference since the probability of the hidden node and the exposed node is slightly higher due to the heterogeneous channel interception, the first terminal device may be subjected to greater interference when the heterogeneous channel is intercepted, thereby further reducing the energy detection threshold, thereby reducing the network.
  • Equipment interference is used to reduce the energy detection threshold.
  • the method 300 further includes: the first terminal device acquiring a second initial power detection threshold.
  • the second initial power detection threshold may be predefined, for example, a protocol definition, or may be determined by the first terminal device, and may be determined by the access network device and indicated to the first terminal device.
  • the acquiring, by the first terminal device, the second initial power detection threshold includes:
  • the first terminal device determines a second initial power detection threshold according to the transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth information.
  • the transmit power information includes: actual transmit power (or transmit power, output power) or maximum transmit power of the first terminal device on the unlicensed band resource, where the carrier bandwidth information includes: the first terminal device is Actual transmit bandwidth or maximum transmit bandwidth on unlicensed band resources.
  • the specific content of the transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth information in the method 300 is similar to the specific content of the transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth in the method 200.
  • the transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth have been described in detail in the method 200 above. For the sake of brevity, a detailed description of the specific contents thereof is omitted here.
  • any one of the actual transmit power, the maximum transmit power, the actual transmit bandwidth, and the maximum transmit bandwidth may be the same or different for different sender devices, which is not limited in this application. .
  • the first access network device determines the first according to the transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth information.
  • the specific method of the initial power detection threshold is similar, and a detailed description of the specific content thereof is omitted here for the sake of brevity.
  • the second initial power detection threshold and the first initial power detection threshold may be uncorrelated, and the value of the second initial power detection threshold may be the same as or different from the value of the first initial power detection threshold. There is no limit to this.
  • the acquiring, by the first terminal device, the second initial power detection threshold includes:
  • the first terminal device receives first indication information from the access network device, where the first indication information indicates a second initial power detection threshold.
  • the second initial power detection threshold may also be determined by the access network device and indicated to the first terminal device, and the access network device may also determine the second initial power detection according to the foregoing enumerated method or other methods. Threshold, this application does not limit this.
  • the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal.
  • the signal type of the signal received by the first terminal device may include at least one of the following three situations:
  • Case 1 the first terminal device only receives the first type of signal, or the first terminal device only receives the first type of signal and the noise signal;
  • Case 2 the first terminal device only receives the second type of signal, or the first terminal device only receives the second type of signal and the noise signal;
  • Case 3 The first terminal device receives the first type signal and the second type signal, or the first terminal device receives the first type signal, the second type signal and the noise signal.
  • Step 320 will be described in detail below in conjunction with the three cases listed above.
  • the second power detection threshold may be directly determined.
  • the second power detection threshold is less than the second initial power detection threshold.
  • the first terminal device may also determine a second power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal.
  • step 320 specifically includes:
  • the first terminal device determines a second power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
  • the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal.
  • the first terminal device may determine a second power detection threshold when the received power of the first type of signal meets a third preset condition, where the second power detection threshold is smaller than a second initial power detection threshold, or Said that the preset power detection threshold is reduced.
  • the third preset condition may include at least one of the following:
  • the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset fifth threshold
  • Condition 8 The ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset sixth threshold.
  • the total received power is the total power of the signal received by the first terminal device.
  • the signal received by the first terminal device may include a first type of signal from the access network device, or a first type of signal and a noise signal. Therefore, in case 1, the total received power is the total power of the first terminal device received by the first terminal device, or the first terminal device receives the total power of the first type of signal and the noise signal.
  • the first terminal device may determine a third preset condition in advance, for example, if the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset fifth threshold, determining that the third preset condition is met, determining the second power detection The threshold is smaller than the second initial power detection threshold; or, if the ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset sixth threshold, it is considered that the third preset condition is met, and the second power is determined.
  • the detection threshold is smaller than the second initial power detection threshold; or, the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset fifth threshold, and the ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset number
  • the third preset condition is met, and it is determined that the second power detection threshold is smaller than the second initial power detection threshold.
  • the second initial power detection threshold is directly determined as the second power detection threshold, that is, the preset power detection threshold may be No adjustments are made.
  • the first terminal device may determine that the third preset condition is at least one of the foregoing enumerated items, and when the received signal satisfies the situation one, directly according to whether the received power of the first type signal satisfies the first
  • the third preset condition determines a second power detection threshold.
  • the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the type of the received signal and the received power of each type of signal, and further includes:
  • the first terminal device determines a sixth offset when the first type of signal satisfies a third preset condition, where the sixth offset is a positive number;
  • the first terminal device determines a difference between the second initial power detection threshold and the sixth offset as a second power detection threshold.
  • the sixth offset may be determined by at least one of the following methods:
  • the sixth offset is predefined, for example, a protocol definition
  • Method b the first terminal device is determined from a preset multiple offsets
  • the mode c is determined by the first terminal device receiving an indication from the access network device.
  • mode a and mode b may be the same as the specific process of mode a and mode b described above in connection with method 200. For the sake of brevity, a detailed description of the specific process is omitted herein.
  • the method 300 further includes: the first terminal device receiving second indication information from the access network device, where the second indication information indicates a sixth offset.
  • the first access network device may receive the power according to the signal currently received by the first terminal device (specifically, the signal of the main signal type received by the first terminal device), and the interference in a certain period of time.
  • the fluctuation level obtains a value of the second power detection threshold, and the second power detection threshold is subtracted from the first initial power detection threshold to obtain an offset.
  • the main signal type can be understood as the type of signal in which the received power accounts for a relatively large amount in the above two types of signals.
  • the sixth offset is ⁇ P 6 and the second initial power detection threshold is
  • the first power detection threshold is P 2
  • the first power detection threshold P 2 can be calculated by:
  • the first terminal device determines that the second power detection threshold is less than a value of the second initial power threshold, so that the first terminal device The idle channel evaluation is performed more accurately, but this should not be construed as limiting the application.
  • the present application also does not exclude the possibility that the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold to be greater than the value of the second initial power detection threshold when the received signal satisfies the condition one. In this case, The first power detection threshold is determined, except that the sixth offset ⁇ P 6 is a negative number.
  • the second power detection threshold may be directly determined, the second The power detection threshold is greater than the second initial power detection threshold.
  • the first terminal device may also determine the second power detection threshold according to the received power of the second type of signal in case 2.
  • step 320 specifically includes:
  • the first terminal device determines a second power detection threshold according to the type of the received signal and the received power of each type of signal.
  • the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold according to the received power of the second type of signal. For example, the first terminal device may determine that the second power detection threshold is greater than the second initial power detection threshold, or the preset power detection threshold is improved, if the received power of the second type of signal meets the fourth preset condition. .
  • the fourth preset condition may include at least one of the following:
  • the received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset seventh threshold
  • Condition 10 The ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset eighth threshold.
  • the signal received by the first terminal device may include a second type of signal from other terminal devices, or a second type of signal and a noise signal. Therefore, in case 2, the total received power is the total power of the first terminal device receiving the second type of signal, or the first terminal device receives the total power of the second type of signal and the noise signal.
  • the first terminal device may determine a fourth preset condition in advance, for example, if the received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset seventh threshold, determining that the fourth preset condition is met, and determining the second power detection threshold If the ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to the preset eighth threshold, the second predetermined condition is determined to be determined, and the second power detection is determined.
  • the threshold is greater than the second initial power detection threshold; or, the received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset seventh threshold, and the ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to the preset eighth
  • the threshold it is determined that the fourth preset condition is met, and the second power detection threshold is determined to be greater than the second initial power detection threshold; correspondingly, if the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition,
  • the second initial power detection threshold is determined as the second power detection threshold, that is, the preset power detection threshold may not be adjusted.
  • the first terminal device may determine that the fourth preset condition is at least one of the foregoing enumerated items, and when the received signal satisfies the second case, directly meet the fourth according to the received power of the second type of signal.
  • a preset condition determines a second power detection threshold.
  • the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the type of the received signal and the received power of each type of signal, and further includes:
  • the first terminal is configured to determine a seventh offset when the second type of signal satisfies the fourth preset condition, where the seventh offset is a positive number;
  • the first terminal device determines a sum of the second initial power detection threshold and the seventh offset as the second power detection threshold.
  • the seventh offset may also be determined by any one of the foregoing manners a to c.
  • the sixth offset determined in case one and the seventh offset determined in case two may be uncorrelated, and the two offsets may be preset or first.
  • the value calculated by the terminal device is not limited, and the value of the sixth offset may be the same as or different from the value of the seventh offset.
  • the first terminal device may determine the corresponding two conditions as the third preset condition and the fourth preset condition, respectively.
  • the condition 7 is determined as the third preset condition
  • the condition 9 is determined.
  • the fifth threshold may be, for example, -80 dBm
  • the seventh threshold may be, for example, -60 dBm, or the fifth threshold and the seventh threshold may be the same value, for example, may be -80 dBm
  • condition 8 is determined as a third preset condition
  • condition 10 is determined as a fourth preset condition
  • the sixth threshold may be, for example, 80%
  • the eighth threshold may be, for example, 60%.
  • the two thresholds and the eighth threshold may be the same value, for example, may be 80%
  • the condition seven and the condition eight are determined as the third preset condition
  • the condition nine and the tenth condition are Determined as the fourth preset condition.
  • the condition seven is determined as the third preset condition
  • the condition nine and the tenth condition are determined as the fourth preset condition.
  • condition 7 and condition 8 are determined as the third preset condition
  • the received power of the first type of signal is considered to satisfy the third preset condition when both the condition 7 and the condition 8 are satisfied. It is considered that the third predetermined condition is not satisfied if only the condition seven or the condition eight or the condition seven and the condition eight are not satisfied.
  • condition 9 and condition 10 are determined as the fourth preset condition
  • the received power of the second type of signal is considered to satisfy the fourth preset condition when both the condition 9 and the condition 10 are satisfied. It is considered that the fourth preset condition is not satisfied if only condition 9 or condition 10 or condition 9 and condition 10 are not satisfied.
  • the first terminal device may be fixed, may not be updated for a certain period of time, and adjust the third according to the performance of the communication system during the period of time. Preset conditions and / or fourth preset conditions.
  • the values of the fifth threshold to the eighth threshold are not limited, and the specific values of the fifth threshold to the eighth threshold are not limited. It should also be understood that between the fifth threshold and the sixth threshold, between the seventh threshold and the eighth threshold, and between the fifth threshold, the sixth threshold, the seventh threshold, and the eighth threshold may be uncorrelated. The specific value can be adjusted according to actual needs.
  • the first terminal device receives the first type of signal, that is, in the case of receiving the anisotropic signal, due to the anisotropic channel
  • the probability of the hidden node and the exposed node is slightly higher, which may cause greater interference to the first terminal device. Therefore, a lower power detection threshold may be adopted, that is, the probability that the first terminal device sends a signal is lower;
  • the interference may be caused to the first terminal device. Small, so a higher power detection threshold can be used, that is, the probability that the first terminal device transmits a signal is high.
  • the first terminal device has higher tolerance to the signal transmitted in the same direction, or the signal transmitted in the same direction may cause less interference to the signal sent by the first terminal device, and therefore, is received.
  • a higher power detection threshold may be adopted; on the contrary, the tolerance of the first terminal device to the signal transmitted in the opposite direction is lower, or different
  • the interference to the transmitted signal to the signal transmitted by the first terminal device may be large, and therefore, in the case of receiving the signal transmitted in the opposite direction, a lower power detection threshold may be employed.
  • the embodiment of the present application determines the first power detection threshold according to the signal type and the combined receiving power, and can adjust the power detection threshold according to the influence of different signal types on the signal receiving quality, thereby facilitating the channel recording accuracy. It is beneficial to improve resource utilization and data reception performance, and helps to improve the performance of the communication system; and the first terminal device determines the offset according to the current situation, and can take into account the difference in power detection thresholds between devices, which is determined. The first power detection threshold is also more reasonable.
  • Case 1 and Case 2 listed above are only two possible cases of signals received by the first terminal device, and should not constitute any limitation on the present application, and at the same time, the applicable scenarios of the above methods should not be limited.
  • the above method of determining the second power detection threshold is equally applicable to the scenario in which the first type of signal and the second type of signal (i.e., Case 3 shown below) are simultaneously received. For example, if the operator only pays attention to the received power of the signal in a certain direction, for example, only Note the received power of the signal transmitted in the same direction or the received power of the signal transmitted in the opposite direction, and the first terminal device can still determine the second power detection threshold by using the above method to facilitate the idle channel estimation.
  • the method for determining the second power detection threshold is not limited to the above enumeration, and the first terminal device may further consider the first The received power of the class-like signal and the second type of signal determines a second power detection threshold.
  • the specific method for determining the second power detection threshold in the case where the first terminal device receives the first type signal and the second type signal simultaneously is described in detail below.
  • the first terminal device may directly select a lower power detection threshold, for example, determine the second power detection threshold to be less than or equal to the first The value of the initial power detection threshold.
  • the first terminal device may also determine a second power detection threshold according to the received power of each type of signal.
  • step 320 specifically includes:
  • the first terminal device determines a second power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
  • the first terminal device can determine the second power detection threshold by combining the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal.
  • the specific manner in which the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal includes the following:
  • Mode I determining a second power detection threshold, where the received power of the first type of signal meets the third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition, where the second power detection threshold is less than a second initial power detection threshold;
  • Mode J determining, when the received power of the second type of signal meets the fourth preset condition, and the received power of the first type of signal does not meet the third preset condition, where the second power detection threshold is greater than a second initial power detection threshold;
  • Mode K determining a second power detection threshold, where the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition, the second power detection threshold Equal to the second initial power detection threshold;
  • Mode L determining, when the received power of the first type of signal meets the third preset condition, and the received power of the second type of signal meets the fourth preset condition, the second power detection threshold is less than or Equal to the second initial power detection threshold.
  • the third preset condition may be the condition seven listed above, or the condition eight, or the combination of the condition seven and the condition eight, and the fourth preset condition may be the condition nine listed above, or the condition ten, or the condition nine And the combination of condition ten.
  • the third preset condition and the fourth preset condition are not limited to the above enumeration.
  • the third preset condition may further include condition 11: the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal.
  • the ratio of the fourth preset condition may further include condition 12: the ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the received power of the first type of signal is greater than 1, or the third preset condition may also be a condition 11 and the combination of at least one of Condition 7 and Condition 8 listed above, the fourth predetermined condition may also be a combination of Condition 12 and at least one of Condition 9 and Condition 10 listed above.
  • the foregoing method 1 to mode L enumerates a specific method for determining the second power detection threshold in different situations in which the received power of the first type signal and the second type signal received by the first terminal device may be satisfied.
  • the method 1 may further include the following steps:
  • a difference between the second initial power detection threshold and the eighth offset is determined as a second power detection threshold.
  • the second power detection threshold P 2 can be calculated by:
  • the method J may further include the following steps:
  • a sum of the second initial power detection threshold and the ninth offset is determined as a second power detection threshold.
  • the second power detection threshold P 2 can be calculated by:
  • the mode L may further include the following steps:
  • the second power detection threshold P 2 can be calculated by:
  • the above eighth to tenth offsets may be determined by any one of the above modes a to c.
  • the specific implementation manner of determining the offset by the mode a and the mode b has been described in detail above in conjunction with the method 200, and the specific implementation manner of determining the offset by the mode c has been described in detail in the case of the method 300, for the sake of brevity. Detailed description of this specific implementation is omitted here.
  • the eighth to tenth offsets listed above may be uncorrelated, and the value of the three offsets is not limited in the present application, and the values of the three offsets are not limited. Can be completely different, partially identical, or identical.
  • the first terminal device can still determine the second power detection threshold according to the received power of each type of signal when receiving the multiple types of signals, and receive the same
  • a higher power detection threshold may be adopted, that is, the probability that the first terminal device transmits a signal is higher; and the received power of the received anisotropic signal accounts for a larger proportion.
  • a lower power detection threshold can be used, that is, the probability that the first terminal device transmits a signal is low.
  • the power detection threshold can be adjusted according to the influence of different signal types on the signal receiving quality, thereby improving the accuracy of channel sensing and improving resource utilization. And data reception performance helps to improve the performance of the communication system.
  • step 320 is described in detail above in connection with case one to case three, but this should not constitute any limitation to the present application.
  • the signal received by the first terminal device is not limited to the above three cases.
  • the first terminal device may not receive the first type signal and the second type signal, but only receive the noise signal.
  • the first terminal device may directly determine the second initial power detection threshold as the second power detection threshold.
  • the magnitude relationship between the second power detection threshold and the second initial power detection threshold in different situations of the signal received by the first terminal is shown, but this should not constitute any limited. Ben Shen It is also not excluded that the second power detection threshold is greater than the value of the second initial power detection threshold when the first type of signal satisfies the third preset condition and the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition.
  • the second power detection threshold is determined to be less than the value of the second initial power detection threshold if the second type of signal satisfies the fourth preset condition and the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition, nor It is excluded that the second power detection threshold is determined to be greater than or equal to the value of the second initial power detection threshold if the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition and the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition.
  • the eighth offset, the ninth offset, and the tenth offset may be negative numbers.
  • the present application does not exclude the use of a lower power detection threshold for idle channel estimation in the case of receiving an in-directional signal and a higher power detection threshold in the case of receiving an anisotropic signal.
  • the specific method of determining the second power detection threshold by the method 1 is described in detail above by combining various situations.
  • the method 2 will be described in detail below in combination with the above several cases.
  • the communication system may pre-define (eg, define a protocol) a plurality of candidate power detection thresholds, and the first terminal device may acquire the power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates in advance.
  • the power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates are pre-configured in the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device receives the third indication information from the access network device, where the third indication information carries the power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates.
  • the first terminal device may determine a second power detection threshold from the power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates according to the signal type of the received signal and the received power of each type of signal. Therefore, in the second method, the second initial power detection threshold may not be determined in advance.
  • the power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates may include at least a fourth candidate power detection threshold, a fifth candidate power detection threshold, and a sixth candidate power detection threshold, where the fourth candidate power detection threshold is greater than the fifth candidate power detection threshold.
  • the fifth candidate power detection threshold is greater than the sixth candidate power detection threshold.
  • the first terminal device may determine a second power detection threshold from a plurality of candidate power detection thresholds that are configured in advance. For example, the sixth candidate power detection threshold listed above may be determined as the second power detection threshold.
  • the first terminal device may also determine the second power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal.
  • step 320 specifically includes:
  • the first terminal device determines a second power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
  • the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal.
  • the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold if the received power of the first type of signal meets the third preset condition.
  • the first terminal device may determine the sixth candidate power detection threshold listed above as the second power detection threshold.
  • the third preset condition may include at least one of the following:
  • the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset fifth threshold
  • the ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset sixth threshold.
  • the specific content of the third preset condition in the second method may be the same as the specific content of the third preset condition of the first method.
  • the specific content of the third preset condition has been described in detail above, and for brevity, it will not be repeated here.
  • the The first terminal device may determine a second power detection threshold from among a plurality of candidate power detection thresholds that are configured in advance. For example, the fourth candidate power detection threshold listed above may be determined as the second power detection threshold.
  • the first terminal device may also determine the second power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal.
  • step 320 specifically includes:
  • the first terminal device determines a second power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
  • the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold according to the received power of the second type of signal. For example, the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold if the received power of the second type of signal satisfies the fourth preset condition. For example, the first terminal device may determine the fourth candidate power detection threshold listed above as the second power detection threshold.
  • the fourth preset condition may include at least one of the following:
  • the received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset third threshold
  • Condition 10 The ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset fourth threshold.
  • the specific content of the fourth preset condition in the second method may be the same as the specific content of the fourth preset condition of the first method.
  • the specific content of the fourth preset condition has been described in detail above, and for brevity, it will not be described again here.
  • Case 1 and Case 2 listed above are only two possible cases of signals received by the first terminal device, and should not constitute any limitation on the present application, and at the same time, the applicable scenarios of the above methods should not be limited.
  • the above method of determining the second power detection threshold is equally applicable to the scenario in which the first type of signal and the second type of signal (i.e., Case 3 shown below) are simultaneously received. For example, if the operator only pays attention to the received power of the signal in a certain direction, for example, only the received power of the signal transmitted in the same direction or the received power of the signal transmitted in the opposite direction, the first terminal device can still determine the second power by using the above method.
  • the threshold is detected to facilitate idle channel evaluation.
  • the method for determining the second power detection threshold is not limited to the above enumeration, and the first terminal device may further consider the first The received power of the class-like signal and the second type of signal determines a second power detection threshold.
  • the specific method for determining the second power detection threshold in the case where the first terminal device receives the first type signal and the second type signal simultaneously is described in detail below.
  • the first terminal device may directly select a lower power detection threshold, for example, in the power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates listed above.
  • the fourth candidate power detection threshold is determined as a first power detection threshold.
  • the first terminal device may also determine a second power detection threshold according to the received power of each type of signal.
  • step 320 specifically includes:
  • the first terminal device determines a second power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
  • the first terminal device can determine the second power detection threshold by combining the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal.
  • the specific method for determining the second power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal includes the following:
  • Mode M determining, in the case that the received power of the first type of signal meets the third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition, determining the sixth candidate power detection threshold as the second power detection Threshold
  • Mode N determining, when the received power of the second type of signal meets the fourth preset condition and the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition, determining the fourth candidate power detection threshold as the second power detection Threshold
  • Mode 0 determining, in the case that the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition, determining the fifth candidate power detection threshold as the second power Detection threshold
  • Mode P determining, when the received power of the first type of signal meets the third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal meets the fourth preset condition, determining the fourth candidate power detection threshold as the second power detection threshold .
  • the third preset condition may be the condition seven listed above, or the condition eight, or the combination of the condition seven and the condition eight, and the fourth preset condition may be the condition nine listed above, or the condition ten, or the condition nine And the combination of condition ten.
  • the third preset condition and the fourth preset condition are not limited to the above enumeration.
  • the third preset condition may further include condition 11: the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal.
  • the ratio of the fourth preset condition may further include condition 12: the ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the received power of the first type of signal is greater than 1, or the third preset condition may also be a condition 11 and the combination of at least one of Condition 7 and Condition 8 listed above, the fourth predetermined condition may also be a combination of Condition 12 and at least one of Condition 9 and Condition 10 listed above.
  • the multiple candidate power detection thresholds listed above and the thresholds for different situations are merely illustrative for ease of understanding and should not be construed as limiting the application.
  • the application does not limit the number of power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates.
  • the number of candidate power detection thresholds may be more or less.
  • the first terminal device may also determine a detection threshold for the current situation as a second power detection threshold from more or fewer candidate power detection thresholds based on the method for determining the second power detection threshold provided above.
  • the embodiment of the present application determines the second power detection threshold according to the signal type and the received power, and can adjust the power detection threshold according to the influence of different signal types on the signal receiving quality, thereby facilitating the channel recording accuracy. , which is beneficial to improving resource utilization and data receiving performance, and helps to improve the performance of the communication system; and, by determining a second power detection threshold from a plurality of predefined power detection thresholds, with respect to method one, The implementation process is simpler and more convenient, and the calculation amount of the first terminal device is reduced.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method 900 for channel sensing provided by another embodiment of the present application from the perspective of device interaction.
  • the method 900 illustrated in FIG. 5 can be applied to a LAA-LTE system, and the method 900 can be performed by a terminal device in the LAA-LTE system.
  • the terminal device for performing the method 900 may be the terminal device #1, and the access network device #1 may be deployed in the cell where the terminal device #1 is located. If the terminal device #1 wants to send a signal to the access network device #1, the terminal device #1 may perform the idle channel evaluation first, and then send a signal according to the idle channel evaluation result.
  • the terminal device #1 may correspond to the first terminal device in the method 300 above, and the terminal device #2 may correspond to the second terminal device in the method 300 above.
  • the method 900 can include steps 901 through 906.
  • the method 900 is described in detail below.
  • step 901 terminal device #1 receives a fourth signal from access network device #2 on the unlicensed band resource.
  • step 902 the terminal device #1 receives the fifth signal from the terminal device #2 on the unlicensed band resource.
  • the step 901 and the step 902 may correspond to the step 310 in the method 300.
  • the specific process of the step 310 has been described in detail above. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device #1 does not necessarily receive the fourth signal from the access network device #2 and the first signal from the terminal device #2 at the same time, that is, the terminal device #1 may only perform the steps. 901 and any of the steps 902.
  • two access network devices and two terminal devices are exemplarily drawn.
  • the communication system may include other numbers of terminal devices and terminal devices, and the terminal device #1 has It is possible to receive signals from more terminal devices and from more access network devices. This application does not limit this.
  • step 903 the terminal device #1 determines the signal type of the received signal.
  • step 903 may correspond to step 330 in method 300.
  • the specific process of step 330 has been described in detail above, and is not described herein again for brevity.
  • step 904 the terminal device #1 determines a second power detection threshold based on the signal type of the received signal.
  • the step 904 may correspond to the step 320 in the method 300.
  • the specific process of the step 320 has been described in detail in conjunction with various different situations and implementations. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.
  • step 905 terminal device #1 performs an idle channel assessment based on the second power detection threshold.
  • step 905 may correspond to step 340 in method 300.
  • the specific process of step 340 has been described in detail above, and is not described herein again for brevity.
  • step 906 the terminal device #1 transmits a sixth signal based on the idle channel evaluation result.
  • the terminal device #1 may transmit the sixth signal when the channel is idle according to the idle channel evaluation result, and suspend the transmission if the channel is busy. It should be understood that the process of transmitting the sixth signal by the terminal device #1 to the terminal device #1 is only shown in the figure, but this should not constitute any limitation to the present application.
  • Step 906 may correspond to step 350 in method 300.
  • the specific process of step 350 has been described in detail above, and is not described herein again for brevity.
  • the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal, and consider the interference that may be caused by different signal types, so that the value of the second power detection threshold is received by the first terminal device.
  • the signal type of the received signal is different, and the evaluation result is more accurate than the prior art using the fixed power detection threshold for the idle channel evaluation, that is, the accuracy of the channel sensing is improved, so that the first terminal is
  • the probability that the device sends a signal also varies with the type of signal of the received signal. Therefore, it is beneficial to improve resource utilization and data reception performance, thereby contributing to improving the performance of the communication system.
  • the method for channel sensing provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 2 to FIG.
  • the access network device and the terminal device provided in the embodiments of the present application are described in detail below with reference to FIG. 6 to FIG.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram of an access network device 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6, the access network device 400 includes a transceiver module 410 and a processing module 420.
  • the transceiver module 410 is configured to receive a signal on the unlicensed band resource
  • the processing module 420 is configured to determine a first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal, where the signal type of the signal includes at least one of: at least one from the access network device a first type of signal of the access network device, a second type of signal from the at least one terminal device;
  • the processing module 420 is further configured to perform idle channel estimation according to the first power detection threshold.
  • the access network device 400 may correspond to a first access network device in the method 200 of channel sounding according to an embodiment of the present application, and the access network device 400 may include a channel for performing channel sensing in FIG. A module of a method performed by a first access network device of method 200.
  • each module in the access network device 400 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement the corresponding flow of the method 200 of channel sensing in FIG.
  • the transceiver module 410 can be used to perform step 210 and step 250 in the method 200.
  • the processing module 420 can be used to perform steps 220 to 240 in the method 200.
  • the specific process in which each module performs the corresponding steps is detailed in the method 200. For the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
  • the access network device 400 can correspond to the access network device #1 in the method 800 of channel listening according to embodiments of the present application, which can include the channel for performing the channel sensing in FIG. A module of a method performed by access network device #1 of method 800.
  • each of the modules in the access network device 400 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement the corresponding process of the method 800 for channel sensing in FIG.
  • the transceiver module 410 is configured to perform step 801, step 802, and step 806 in the method 800.
  • the processing module 420 is configured to perform step 803 to step 805 in the method 800, where the specific process of each module performing the corresponding step is
  • the method 800 has been described in detail, and is not described herein for brevity.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device 500 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network device 500 can perform all the methods in the foregoing embodiments. For details, refer to the description in the foregoing embodiments. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
  • the access network device 500 shown in FIG. 7 includes a processor 510 and a transceiver 520.
  • the access network device 500 further includes a memory 530.
  • the processor 510, the transceiver 520, and the memory 530 communicate with each other through an internal connection path for transferring control and/or data signals.
  • the memory 530 is used to store a computer program, and the processor 510 is configured to be called from the memory 530.
  • the computer program is run to control the transceiver 520 to send and receive signals.
  • the processor 510 and the memory 530 may be combined to form a processing device, and the processor 510 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 530 to implement the above functions.
  • the memory 530 may also be integrated in the processor 510 or independent of the processor 510 when implemented.
  • the network device may further include an antenna 540, configured to send downlink data or downlink control signaling output by the transceiver 520 by using a wireless signal.
  • the transceiver 520 is configured to receive signals on the unlicensed band resources
  • the processor 510 is configured to determine a first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal, where
  • the signal type of the signal includes at least one of: a first type of signal from at least one access network device other than the access network device, and a second type of signal from at least one terminal device;
  • the processor 510 is further configured to perform idle channel estimation according to the first power detection threshold.
  • the access network device 500 may correspond to a first access network device in the method 200 of channel listening according to an embodiment of the present application, and the access network device 500 may include a channel for performing channel sensing in FIG. A module of a method performed by a first access network device of method 200.
  • each module in the access network device 500 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement the corresponding flow of the method 200 of channel sensing in FIG.
  • the memory 530 is configured to store program code, such that when the program code is executed, the processor 510 is configured to control the transceiver 520 to perform step 210 in the method 200 through the antenna 540, and the processor 510 is further configured to execute the method. Steps 220 to 250 of 200, the specific process of each module performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps has been described in detail in the method 200. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.
  • the access network device 500 may correspond to the access network device #1 in the method 800 of channel listening according to an embodiment of the present application, and the access network device 500 may include a channel for performing channel sensing in FIG. A module of a method performed by access network device #1 of method 800. Moreover, each module in the access network device 500 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement the corresponding process of the method 800 for channel sensing in FIG.
  • the memory 530 is configured to store program code, such that when the program code is executed, the processor 510 controls the transceiver 520 to perform step 801, step 802, and step 806 in the method 800 through the antenna 540, where the processor 510 further
  • the specific process for performing the foregoing steps in each module is described in detail in the method 800. For the sake of brevity, no further details are provided herein.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device 600 according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8, the terminal device 60 includes a transceiver module 610 and a processing module 620.
  • the transceiver module 610 is configured to receive a signal on the unlicensed band resource.
  • the processing module 620 is configured to determine a second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal, where the signal type of the signal includes at least one of the following: a first type of signal from the at least one access network device, a second type of signal of at least one second terminal device other than the first terminal device;
  • the processing module 620 is further configured to perform idle channel estimation according to the second power detection threshold.
  • the terminal device 600 may correspond to a first terminal device in the method 300 for channel sounding according to an embodiment of the present application, and the terminal device 600 may include the first method 300 for performing channel sensing in FIG. A module of the method performed by the terminal device.
  • each module in the terminal device 600 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement the corresponding process of the method 300 for channel sensing in FIG.
  • the transceiver module 610 can be used to perform step 310 and step 350 in the method 300.
  • the processing module 620 can be used to perform steps 320 to 340 in the method 200.
  • the specific process of each module performing the corresponding steps is detailed in the method 300. For the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device 600 may correspond to the terminal device #1 in the method 900 of channel listening according to an embodiment of the present application, and the terminal device 600 may include the terminal device # for performing the method 900 of channel sensing in FIG. 1 module of the method of execution.
  • each module in the terminal device 600 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement the corresponding process of the method 900 for channel sensing in FIG.
  • the transceiver module 610 can be used to perform step 901, step 902, and step 906 in the method 900.
  • the processing module 620 can be used to perform steps 903 to 905 in the method 900.
  • the specific process of each module performing the foregoing steps is in the method 300. Has been explained in detail, for the sake of simplicity, This will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 700 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 700 includes a processor 701 and a transceiver 702.
  • the terminal device 700 further includes a memory 703.
  • the processor 702, the transceiver 702 and the memory 703 communicate with each other through an internal connection path for transmitting control and/or data signals
  • the memory 703 is for storing a computer program
  • the processor 701 is used for the memory 703.
  • the computer program is called and run to control the transceiver 702 to send and receive signals.
  • the processor 701 and the memory 703 may be combined to form a processing device, and the processor 701 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 703 to implement the above functions.
  • the memory 703 may also be integrated in the processor 701 or independent of the processor 701.
  • the terminal device 700 may further include an antenna 504, configured to send uplink data or uplink control signaling output by the transceiver 702 by using a wireless signal.
  • the transceiver 702 is configured to receive a signal on the unlicensed band resource
  • the processor 701 is configured to determine, according to the received signal type of the signal, a second power detection threshold, where the signal type of the signal includes at least one of the following: a first type of signal from the at least one access network device, a second type of signal of at least one second terminal device other than the first terminal device;
  • the processor 701 is further configured to perform idle channel estimation according to the second power detection threshold.
  • the terminal device 700 may correspond to a terminal device in the method 300 of channel sounding according to an embodiment of the present application, and the terminal device 700 may include a terminal device for performing the method 300 of channel sensing in FIG.
  • the module of the method each module in the terminal device 700 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement the corresponding process of the method 300 for channel sensing in FIG.
  • the memory 703 is configured to store the program code, so that when the program code is executed, the processor 701 is configured to control the transceiver 702 to perform step 310 and step 350 in the method 300 through the antenna 704, where the processor 701 further uses Steps 320 through 340 in method 300 are performed.
  • the specific process in which each module performs the above-mentioned corresponding steps has been described in detail in the method 300. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.
  • the terminal device 700 may correspond to the terminal device #1 in the method 900 of channel sounding according to an embodiment of the present application, and the terminal device 700 may include the terminal device # for performing the method 900 of channel sensing in FIG. 1 module of the method of execution.
  • each module in the terminal device 700 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement the corresponding process of the method 900 for channel sensing in FIG.
  • the memory 703 is configured to store program code, such that when the program code is executed, the processor 701 is configured to control the transceiver 702 to perform step 901, step 902, and step 906 in the method 900 through the antenna 704, the processor The 701 is also used to perform the steps 903 to 905 in the method 900.
  • the specific process of each module performing the foregoing steps is described in detail in the method 300. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.
  • the foregoing processor 701 can be used to perform the actions implemented by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments, and the transceiver 702 can be used to perform the action of the terminal to transmit or transmit to the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the transceiver 702 can be used to perform the action of the terminal to transmit or transmit to the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the above processor 701 and memory 703 can be integrated into one processing device, and the processor 701 is configured to execute program code stored in the memory 703 to implement the above functions.
  • the memory 703 can also be integrated in the processor 701.
  • the terminal device 700 described above may also include a power source 705 for providing power to various devices or circuits in the terminal.
  • the terminal device 700 may further include one or more of an input unit 706, a display unit 707, an audio circuit 708, a camera 709, a sensor 710, and the like, the audio.
  • the circuit may also include a speaker 7082, a microphone 7084, and the like.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, where the communication system includes one or more of the foregoing access network devices and one or more terminal devices.
  • the processor can be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), the processor may be other general-purpose processors, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), and an off-the-shelf Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA off-the-shelf Field Programmable Gate Array
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software in the decoding processor.
  • the software can be located in a random storage medium, such as a flash memory, a read only memory, a programmable read only memory or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), or an electric Erase programmable read only memory (EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory can be a Random Access Memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache.
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM).
  • SDRAM Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM Enhanced Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • SLDRAM Synchronous Connection Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • DR RAM direct memory bus random access memory
  • each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the steps of the method for processing a communication interface failure disclosed in the embodiment of the present application may be directly implemented as completion of the hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software in the processor.
  • the software can be located in a random storage medium, such as a flash memory, a read only memory, a programmable read only memory or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product.
  • the technical solution of the present application which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including
  • the instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a USB flash drive, a removable hard disk, a read only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a channel monitoring method, access-network device, terminal device, and communications system, which are advantageous to the improvement of the performance of a communications system. The method comprises: a first access-network device receiving a signal on an unlicensed frequency band resource; according to the signal type of the received signal, said first access-network device determining a first power measurement threshold, the signal type of the signal comprising at least one of the following: a first-type signal from at least one second access-network device other than the first access-network device, and a second-type signal from at least one terminal device; according to said first power measurement threshold, the first access-network device performing clear channel assessment.

Description

信道侦听的方法、接入网设备、终端设备和通信系统Channel interception method, access network device, terminal device and communication system 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种信道侦听的方法、接入网设备、终端设备和通信系统。The present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly to a method of channel listening, an access network device, a terminal device, and a communication system.
背景技术Background technique
为了提高频谱利用率,无线通信系统可以在免许可频段中传输数据,通信设备(例如,接入网设备或终端设备)可以采用竞争的方式使用免许可频段的资源进行数据传输。具体地,为了避免干扰带来的接收性能下降的问题,通信设备在使用免许可频段的资源进行数据传输前,可以对信道进行侦听,在侦听到信道空闲后可以持续占用信道。通信设备可以通过例如信号检测、能量检测(或者说,功率检测)的方式来判断信道是否空闲。In order to improve spectrum utilization, the wireless communication system can transmit data in the unlicensed frequency band, and the communication device (for example, the access network device or the terminal device) can use the resources of the unlicensed band for data transmission in a competitive manner. Specifically, in order to avoid the problem of the degradation of the reception performance caused by the interference, the communication device can listen to the channel before using the resources of the unlicensed band, and can continuously occupy the channel after the channel is idle. The communication device can determine whether the channel is idle by means of, for example, signal detection, energy detection (or power detection).
在某些使用免许可频段的系统中,例如,许可辅助接入(Licensed-Assisted Access Using,LAA)-长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统,由于部署了多个小区,相互邻近的小区之间就有可能互相干扰,例如包括上行信号带来的干扰、下行信号带来的干扰以及噪声带来的干扰。通信设备可以采用信道侦听的方法来进行空闲信道评估(Clear Channel Assessment,CCA),例如,通过能量检测等方式来判断信道是否空闲。在空闲信道评估的过程中,通信设备(更具体地说,发送端设备)通常采用预设的能量检测门限(或者,功率检测门限)与信号的接收功率的大小关系来判断信道是否空闲,然而,这种方法在应用于某些特殊的场景中时,判断结果可能并不是特别准确。如果通信设备根据可能并不准确的判断结果来确定是否发送信号,就有可能导致通信设备在不恰当的时机发送了信号而造成接收性能下降,或者在合适的时机因未发送信号而浪费了资源,由此造成了整个通信系统的性能下降。In some systems that use an unlicensed band, for example, a Licensed-Assisted Access Using (LAA)-Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, due to the deployment of multiple cells, neighboring cells It is possible to interfere with each other, for example, interference caused by an uplink signal, interference caused by a downlink signal, and interference caused by noise. The communication device may perform a Clear Channel Assessment (CCA) by using a channel interception method, for example, determining whether the channel is idle by means of energy detection or the like. In the process of idle channel estimation, the communication device (more specifically, the transmitting device) usually determines whether the channel is idle by using a preset energy detection threshold (or power detection threshold) and a received power relationship of the signal. When this method is applied to some special scenes, the judgment result may not be particularly accurate. If the communication device determines whether to transmit a signal according to a result that may be inaccurate, it may cause the communication device to transmit a signal at an inappropriate timing to cause a decrease in reception performance, or waste resources at a suitable timing because the signal is not transmitted. This results in a performance degradation of the entire communication system.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种信道侦听的方法、接入网设备、终端设备和通信系统,以根据接收到的信号的信号类型确定功率检测门限,有利于提高信道侦听的准确性,进而提高通信系统的性能。The present invention provides a channel listening method, an access network device, a terminal device, and a communication system, to determine a power detection threshold according to a signal type of a received signal, which is beneficial to improving channel sensing accuracy, thereby improving the communication system. Performance.
第一方面,提供了一种信道侦听的方法,包括:In a first aspect, a method for channel listening is provided, including:
第一接入网设备在免许可频段资源上接收信号;The first access network device receives the signal on the unlicensed band resource;
所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型,确定第一功率检测门限,其中,所述信号的信号类型包括以下至少一项:来自除所述第一接入网设备之外的至少一个第二接入网设备的第一类信号,来自至少一个终端设备的第二类信号;Determining, by the first access network device, a first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal, where the signal type of the signal includes at least one of the following: from the first access network device a first type of signal from at least one second access network device, a second type of signal from at least one terminal device;
所述第一接入网设备根据所述第一功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估。The first access network device performs an idle channel assessment according to the first power detection threshold.
基于上述技术方案,该第一接入网设备可以根据接收到的信号的信号类型确定第一功率检测门限,由于考虑了不同的信号类型可能带来的干扰,使得第一功率检测门限的取值 随接收到的信号的信号类型的不同而不同,相比于现有技术中采用固定的功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估而言,评估结果更准确,即提高了信道侦听的准确性,使得第一接入网设备发送信号的概率也随接收到的信号的信号类型的不同而不同,因此,有利于提高资源的利用率和数据接收性能,从而有助于提升通信系统的性能。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal, and the value of the first power detection threshold is determined by considering interference that may be caused by different signal types. Different from the signal type of the received signal, the evaluation result is more accurate than the prior art using the fixed power detection threshold for the idle channel estimation, that is, the channel sensing accuracy is improved, so that the The probability that an access network device sends a signal also varies with the signal type of the received signal. Therefore, it is beneficial to improve resource utilization and data reception performance, thereby contributing to improving the performance of the communication system.
结合第一方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型,确定第一功率检测门限,包括:With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementations, the first access network device determines, according to the received signal type of the signal, a first power detection threshold, including:
所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第一功率检测门限。The first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal.
下面示例性地提供两种用于确定第一功率检测门限的可能的实现方式。Two possible implementations for determining the first power detection threshold are exemplarily provided below.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
所述第一接入网设备根据发送功率信息和载波带宽信息,确定第一初始功率检测门限,所述第一初始功率检测门限用于确定所述第一功率检测门限;Determining, by the first access network device, a first initial power detection threshold according to the transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth information, where the first initial power detection threshold is used to determine the first power detection threshold;
其中,所述发送功率信息为所述第一接入网设备在所述免许可频段资源上的实际发送功率,或所述第一接入网设备在所述免许可频段资源上的最大发送功率;The transmit power information is the actual transmit power of the first access network device on the unlicensed band resource, or the maximum transmit power of the first access network device on the unlicensed band resource. ;
所述载波带宽为所述第一接入网设备在所述免许可频段资源上的实际发送带宽,或所述第一接入网设备在所述免许可频段资源上的最大发送带宽。The carrier bandwidth is the actual transmission bandwidth of the first access network device on the unlicensed band resource, or the maximum transmission bandwidth of the first access network device on the unlicensed band resource.
根据第一接入网设备的发送功率信息和载波带宽信息确定第一初始功率检测门限,以便于确定第一功率检测门限,考虑了不同设备所使用的发送功率以及载波带宽的差异,使得第一接入网设备确定出的第一功率检测门限更加合理。Determining a first initial power detection threshold according to the transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth information of the first access network device, so as to determine the first power detection threshold, considering the difference between the transmit power and the carrier bandwidth used by different devices, so that the first The first power detection threshold determined by the access network device is more reasonable.
上文示例性地给出了第一接入网设备确定第一初始功率检测门限的一种可能的实现方式,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定,该第一初始功率检测门限也可以预先定义,例如,协议定义。The foregoing example provides a possible implementation manner for the first access network device to determine the first initial power detection threshold, but this should not constitute any limitation on the application, and the first initial power detection threshold may also be predefined. , for example, a protocol definition.
下面示例性地列举了第一接入网设备接收到的信号的几种可能的情况以及在不同的情况下第一接入网确定第一功率检测门限的具体方式。The following is exemplarily listed several possible cases of the signals received by the first access network device and the specific manner in which the first access network determines the first power detection threshold in different situations.
可选地,所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第一功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一接入网设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第一预设条件的情况下,确定所述第一功率检测门限,所述第一功率检测门限大于所述第一初始功率检测门限。Determining, by the first access network device, the first power detection threshold, where the received power of the first type of signal meets a first preset condition, where the first power detection threshold is greater than the first initial Power detection threshold.
可选地,所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第一功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一接入网设备在所述第二类信号的接收功率满足第二预设条件的情况下,确定所述第一功率检测门限,所述第一功率检测门限小于所述第一初始功率检测门限。Determining, by the first access network device, the first power detection threshold, where the received power of the second type of signal meets a second preset condition, where the first power detection threshold is smaller than the first initial Power detection threshold.
可选地,所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定第一功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first access network device determines, according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, a first power detection threshold, including:
所述第一接入网设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第一预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率不满足第二预设条件的情况下,确定所述第一功率检测门限,所述第一功率检测门限大于所述第一初始功率检测门限。Determining, by the first access network device, that the received power of the first type of signal meets a first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy a second preset condition And a power detection threshold, where the first power detection threshold is greater than the first initial power detection threshold.
可选地,所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第一功率检测门限,包括: Optionally, the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一接入网设备在所述第二类信号的接收功率满足所述第二预设条件且所述第一类信号的接收信号不满足所述第一预设条件的情况下,确定所述第一功率检测门限,所述第一功率检测门限小于所述第一初始功率检测门限。Determining, by the first access network device, that the received power of the second type of signal meets the second preset condition and the received signal of the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition The first power detection threshold, the first power detection threshold is smaller than the first initial power detection threshold.
可选地,所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第一功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一接入网设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率不满足第一预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率不满足第二预设条件的情况下,确定所述第一功率检测门限,所述第一功率检测门限等于所述第一初始功率检测门限。Determining, in the case that the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition, the first access network device determines the first A power detection threshold, the first power detection threshold being equal to the first initial power detection threshold.
可选地,所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第一功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一接入网设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第一预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率满足第二预设条件的情况下,确定所述第一功率检测门限,所述第一功率检测门限小于或等于所述第一初始功率检测门限。Determining, by the first access network device, the first power when the received power of the first type of signal meets a first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal satisfies a second preset condition The threshold is detected, and the first power detection threshold is less than or equal to the first initial power detection threshold.
上述结合第一接入网设备接收到的信号的各种可能的情况列举了用于确定第一功率检测门限的可能的实现方式,通过第一接入网设备根据当前的情况确定第一功率检测门限,可以考虑到设备间的功率检测门限的差异,所确定出的第一功率检测门限也更合理。The foregoing various possible cases of combining the signals received by the first access network device enumerate possible implementation manners for determining the first power detection threshold, and determining, by the first access network device, the first power detection according to the current situation. The threshold can take into account the difference in power detection thresholds between devices, and the determined first power detection threshold is also more reasonable.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型,确定第一功率检测门限,包括:In another possible implementation manner, the first access network device determines, according to the received signal type of the signal, a first power detection threshold, including:
所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型,从预设的多个候选的功率检测门限中,其中,所述多个候选的功率检测门限至少包括第一候选功率检测门限、第二候选功率检测门限和第三候选功率检测门限,所述第一候选功率检测门限大于所述第二候选功率检测门限,所述第二候选功率检测门限大于所述第三候选功率检测门限。The first access network device is configured according to the received signal type of the signal, and the power detection threshold of the multiple candidates includes at least the first candidate power detection. a threshold, a second candidate power detection threshold, and a third candidate power detection threshold, wherein the first candidate power detection threshold is greater than the second candidate power detection threshold, and the second candidate power detection threshold is greater than the third candidate power detection threshold Threshold.
下面示例性地列举了第一接入网设备接收到的信号的几种可能的情况以及在不同的情况下第一接入网确定第一功率检测门限的取值。The following is exemplarily listed several possible cases of signals received by the first access network device and, in different cases, the first access network determines the value of the first power detection threshold.
可选地,所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第一功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一接入网设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第一预设条件的情况下,将所述第三候选功率检测门限确定为所述第一功率检测门限。And determining, by the first access network device, the third candidate power detection threshold as the first power detection threshold, if the received power of the first type of signal meets a first preset condition.
可选地,所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第一功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一接入网设备在所述第二类信号的接收功率满足第二预设条件的情况下,将所述第一候选功率检测门限确定所述第一功率检测门限。And determining, by the first access network device, the first candidate power detection threshold to determine the first power detection threshold if a received power of the second type of signal meets a second preset condition.
可选地,所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第一功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一接入网设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第一预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率不满足第二预设条件的情况下,将所述第三候选功率检测门限确定为所述第一功率检测门限。The first access network device, if the received power of the first type of signal satisfies a first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy a second preset condition, the third The candidate power detection threshold is determined as the first power detection threshold.
可选地,所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第一功率检测门限,包括: Optionally, the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一接入网设备在所述第二类信号的接收功率满足所述第二预设条件且所述第一类信号的接收信号不满足所述第一预设条件的情况下,将所述第一候选功率检测门限确定为所述第一功率检测门限。The first access network device, when the received power of the second type of signal satisfies the second preset condition, and the received signal of the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition, The first candidate power detection threshold is determined as the first power detection threshold.
可选地,所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第一功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一接入网设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率不满足第一预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率不满足第二预设条件的情况下,将所述第二候选功率检测门限确定为所述第一功率检测门限。If the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition, the first access network device The second candidate power detection threshold is determined as the first power detection threshold.
可选地,所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第一功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一接入网设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第一预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率满足第二预设条件的情况下,将所述第二候选功率检测门限确定为所述第一功率检测门限,或,将所述第一候选功率检测门限确定为所述第一功率检测门限。The second access network device, if the received power of the first type of signal satisfies a first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal satisfies a second preset condition, the second candidate The power detection threshold is determined as the first power detection threshold, or the first candidate power detection threshold is determined as the first power detection threshold.
上述结合第一接入网设备接收到的信号的各种可能的情况列举了用于确定第一功率检测门限的可能的实现方式,该第一接入网设备可以直接从预先定义的多个候选的功率检测门限中确定第一功率检测门限,实现过程更加简单方便,减小了第一接入网设备的计算量。The various possible scenarios of the above-mentioned signals received in connection with the first access network device enumerate possible implementations for determining a first power detection threshold, which may be directly from a plurality of predefined candidates. The first power detection threshold is determined in the power detection threshold, and the implementation process is simpler and more convenient, and the calculation amount of the first access network device is reduced.
结合第一方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,上述第一预设条件包括以下至少一项:With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the foregoing first preset condition includes at least one of the following:
所述第一类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第一阈值;The received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset first threshold;
所述第一类信号的接收功率与所述信号的总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第二阈值;The ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to a preset second threshold;
所述第一类信号的接收功率与所述第二类信号的接收功率的比值大于1。The ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the received power of the second type of signal is greater than one.
上述列举的第一预设条件中的各项可以单独使用,也可以结合使用,本申请对此不做限定。Each of the first preset conditions listed above may be used alone or in combination, which is not limited in this application.
结合第一方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,上述第二预设条件包括以下至少一项:With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the foregoing second preset condition includes at least one of the following:
所述第二类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第三阈值;The received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset third threshold;
所述第二类信号的接收功率与所述信号的总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第四阈值;The ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to a preset fourth threshold;
所述第二类信号的接收功率与所述第一类信号的接收功率的比值大于或等于1。The ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to one.
上述列举的第二预设条件中的各项可以单独使用,也可以结合使用,本申请对此不做限定。Each of the second preset conditions listed above may be used alone or in combination, which is not limited in this application.
结合第一方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In conjunction with the first aspect, in some possible implementations, the method further includes:
所述第一接入网设备根据空闲信道评估结果,在信道忙碌的情况下暂停发送信号;或者The first access network device suspends transmitting a signal when the channel is busy according to the idle channel assessment result; or
所述第一接入网设备根据空闲信道评估结果,在信道空闲的情况下发送信号。The first access network device transmits a signal if the channel is idle according to the idle channel assessment result.
因此,第一接入网设备可以根据空闲信道评估结果,根据信道当前的情况发送或者不发送信号,有利于提高数据接收性能和资源利用率,有助于提高通信系统的性能。Therefore, the first access network device can send or not send signals according to the current channel condition according to the idle channel evaluation result, which is beneficial to improving data receiving performance and resource utilization, and helps improve the performance of the communication system.
结合第一方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In conjunction with the first aspect, in some possible implementations, the method further includes:
所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的公共信号,确定所述信号的信号类型,所述公共信 号包括以下至少一项:上行参考信号、下行参考信号、下行同步信号和同步信号块。Determining, by the first access network device, a signal type of the signal according to the received public signal, the public letter The number includes at least one of the following: an uplink reference signal, a downlink reference signal, a downlink synchronization signal, and a synchronization signal block.
结合第一方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述方法应用于许可辅助接入LAA-长期演进LTE系统,所述第二类信号还包括:来自异系统的信号,所述异系统包括不同于所述LAA-LTE系统的系统。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementations, the method is applied to a licensed assisted access LAA-Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, and the second type of signal further includes: a signal from a different system, where the different system includes A system different from the LAA-LTE system.
由于第一接入网设备在接收到来自异系统的信号时,无法判断该接收到的信号的信号类型,或者说,无法判断该接收到的信号是上行信号还是下行信号,为了保证信道侦听的准确性,可以将该来自异系统的信号确定为异向传输的信号,对于第一接入网设备来说,该来自异系统的信号可以为第二类信号。When the first access network device receives the signal from the different system, it cannot determine the signal type of the received signal, or can not determine whether the received signal is an uplink signal or a downlink signal, in order to ensure channel sensing. The accuracy of the signal from the different system may be determined as an anisotropic transmission signal, and for the first access network device, the signal from the different system may be the second type of signal.
作为示例而非限定,所述异系统包括:无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,Wi-Fi)系统。By way of example and not limitation, the different systems include: a Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) system.
基于上述方案,本申请所提供的方法同样能够适用于LAA-LTE系统与一种或多种其他系统共存的场景中。Based on the above solution, the method provided by the present application can also be applied to a scenario in which the LAA-LTE system coexists with one or more other systems.
第二方面,提供了一种信道侦听的方法,包括:In a second aspect, a channel listening method is provided, including:
第一终端设备在免许可频段资源上接收信号;The first terminal device receives the signal on the unlicensed band resource;
所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型,确定第二功率检测门限,其中,所述信号的信号类型包括以下至少一项:来自至少一个接入网设备的第一类信号,来自除所述第一终端设备之外的至少一个第二终端设备的第二类信号;Determining, by the first terminal device, a second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal, where the signal type of the signal includes at least one of the following: a first type of signal from at least one access network device a second type of signal from at least one second terminal device other than the first terminal device;
所述第一终端设备根据所述第二功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估。The first terminal device performs idle channel estimation according to the second power detection threshold.
基于上述技术方案,该第一终端设备可以根据接收到的信号的信号类型,确定第二功率检测门限,由于考虑了的不同的信号类型可能带来的干扰,使得第二功率检测门限的取值随接收到的信号的信号类型的不同而不同,相比于现有技术中采用固定的功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估而言,评估结果更准确,即提高了信道侦听的准确性,使得第一终端设备发送信号的概率也随接收到的信号的信号类型的不同而不同,因此,有利于提高资源的利用率数据接收性能,从而有助于提升通信系统的性能。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal, and the value of the second power detection threshold is determined due to interference that may be caused by different signal types considered. Different from the signal type of the received signal, the evaluation result is more accurate than the prior art using the fixed power detection threshold for the idle channel estimation, that is, the channel sensing accuracy is improved, so that the The probability that a terminal device transmits a signal also varies with the signal type of the received signal. Therefore, it is advantageous to improve the data utilization performance of resource utilization, thereby contributing to improving the performance of the communication system.
结合第二方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述终端设备根据收到的所述信号的信号类型,确定第二功率检测门限,包括:With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the terminal device determines, according to the received signal type of the signal, a second power detection threshold, including:
所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第二功率检测门限。The first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal.
下面示例性地提供两种用于确定第二功率检测门限的可能的实现方式。Two possible implementations for determining the second power detection threshold are exemplarily provided below.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes:
所述第一终端设备获取第二初始功率检测门限,所述第二初始功率检测门限用于确定所述第二功率检测门限。The first terminal device acquires a second initial power detection threshold, and the second initial power detection threshold is used to determine the second power detection threshold.
可选地,所述第一终端设备获取第二初始功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first terminal device acquires a second initial power detection threshold, including:
所述第一终端设备根据发送功率信息和载波带宽信息,确定第一初始功率检测门限,所述第一初始功率检测门限用于确定所述第一功率检测门限;Determining, by the first terminal device, a first initial power detection threshold according to the transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth information, where the first initial power detection threshold is used to determine the first power detection threshold;
其中,所述发送功率信息为所述第一终端设备在所述免许可频段资源上的实际发送功率,或所述第一终端设备在所述免许可频段资源上的最大发送功率;The transmit power information is an actual transmit power of the first terminal device on the unlicensed band resource, or a maximum transmit power of the first terminal device on the unlicensed band resource;
所述载波带宽为所述第一终端设备在所述免许可频段资源上的实际发送带宽,或所述第一终端设备在所述免许可频段资源上的最大发送带宽。The carrier bandwidth is an actual transmission bandwidth of the first terminal device on the unlicensed band resource, or a maximum transmission bandwidth of the first terminal device on the unlicensed band resource.
根据第一终端设备的发送功率信息和载波带宽信息确定第二初始功率检测门限,以便 于确定第二功率检测门限,考虑了不同设备所使用的发送功率以及载波带宽的差异,使得第一终端设备确定出的第二功率检测门限更加合理。Determining a second initial power detection threshold according to the transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth information of the first terminal device, so that The second power detection threshold is determined, and the difference between the transmission power and the carrier bandwidth used by different devices is considered, so that the second power detection threshold determined by the first terminal device is more reasonable.
可选地,所述第一终端设备获取第二初始功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first terminal device acquires a second initial power detection threshold, including:
所述第一终端设备接收来自接入网设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示所述第二初始功率检测门限。The first terminal device receives first indication information from the access network device, and the first indication information indicates the second initial power detection threshold.
对于第一终端设备来说,通过接入网设备指示第二初始功率检测门限的方法可以减小该第一终端设备的计算量,减少该第一终端设备的消耗。For the first terminal device, the method for indicating the second initial power detection threshold by the access network device can reduce the calculation amount of the first terminal device and reduce the consumption of the first terminal device.
上述列举了第一终端设备获取第二初始功率检测门限的两种可能的实现方式,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定,该第二初始功率检测门限也可以预先定义,例如,协议定义。The foregoing describes two possible implementation manners for the first terminal device to obtain the second initial power detection threshold, but this should not constitute any limitation. The second initial power detection threshold may also be predefined, for example, a protocol definition.
下面示例性地列举了第一终端设备接收到的信号的几种可能的情况以及在不同的情况下第一终端确定第二功率检测门限的具体方式。The following are exemplarily enumerated several possible cases of signals received by the first terminal device and specific ways in which the first terminal determines the second power detection threshold in different situations.
可选地,所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第二功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一终端设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第三预设条件的情况下,确定所述第二功率检测门限,所述第二功率检测门限小于所述第二初始功率检测门限。Determining, by the first terminal device, the second power detection threshold, where the received power of the first type of signal meets a third preset condition, where the second power detection threshold is smaller than the second initial power detection Threshold.
可选地,所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第二功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一终端设备在所述第二类信号的接收功率满足第四预设条件的情况下,确定所述第二功率检测门限,所述第二功率检测门限大于所述第二初始功率检测门限。The first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold when the received power of the second type of signal meets a fourth preset condition, where the second power detection threshold is greater than the second initial power detection Threshold.
可选地,所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第二功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一终端设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第三预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率不满足第四预设条件的情况下,确定所述第二功率检测门限,所述第二功率检测门限小于所述第二初始功率检测门限。Determining, by the first terminal device, that the received power of the first type of signal meets a third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy a fourth preset condition, determining the second power detection. The threshold, the second power detection threshold is less than the second initial power detection threshold.
可选地,所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第二功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一终端设备在所述第二类信号的接收功率满足第四预设条件且所述第一类信号的接收功率不满足第三预设条件的情况下,确定所述第二功率检测门限,所述第二功率检测门限大于所述第二初始功率检测门限。Determining, by the first terminal device, that the received power of the second type of signal meets a fourth preset condition and the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy a third preset condition, determining the second power detection. The threshold, the second power detection threshold is greater than the second initial power detection threshold.
可选地,所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第二功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一终端设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率不满足第三预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率不满足第四预设条件的情况下,确定所述第二功率检测门限,所述第二功率检测门限等于所述第二初始功率检测门限。Determining, by the first terminal device, the second power when the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition A threshold is detected, and the second power detection threshold is equal to the second initial power detection threshold.
可选地,所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第二功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一终端设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第三预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率满足第四预设条件的情况下,确定所述第二功率检测门限,所述第二功率检测门限小于或等于所述第二初始功率检测门限。 Determining, by the first terminal device, the second power detection threshold if the received power of the first type of signal meets a third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal satisfies a fourth preset condition The second power detection threshold is less than or equal to the second initial power detection threshold.
上述结合第一终端设备接收到的信号的各种可能的情况列举了用于确定第二功率检测门限的可能的实现方式,通过第一终端设备根据当前的情况确定第二功率检测门限,可以考虑到设备间的功率检测门限的差异,所确定出的第二功率检测门限也更合理。The foregoing various combinations of the signals received by the first terminal device include a possible implementation manner for determining the second power detection threshold. The first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the current situation, which may be considered. The second power detection threshold determined by the difference in power detection thresholds between devices is also more reasonable.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型,确定第二功率检测门限,包括:In another possible implementation manner, the first terminal device determines, according to the received signal type of the signal, a second power detection threshold, including:
所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型,从预设的多个候选的功率检测门限中,其中,所述多个候选的功率检测门限至少包括第四候选功率检测门限、第五候选功率检测门限和第六候选功率检测门限,所述第四候选功率检测门限大于所述第五候选功率检测门限,所述第五候选功率检测门限大于所述第六候选功率检测门限。The first terminal device is configured according to the received signal type of the signal, and the power detection threshold of the multiple candidates includes at least a fourth candidate power detection threshold, a fifth candidate power detection threshold and a sixth candidate power detection threshold, wherein the fourth candidate power detection threshold is greater than the fifth candidate power detection threshold, and the fifth candidate power detection threshold is greater than the sixth candidate power detection threshold.
下面示例性地列举了第一终端设备接收到的信号的几种可能的情况以及在不同的情况下第一终端确定第二功率检测门限的取值。The following is exemplarily enumerated several possible cases of the signal received by the first terminal device and the value of the second power detection threshold determined by the first terminal in different cases.
可选地,所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第二功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一终端设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第三预设条件的情况下,确定所述第二功率检测门限,将所述第六候选功率检测门限确定为所述第二功率检测门限。Determining, by the first terminal device, the second power detection threshold, where the received power of the first type of signal meets a third preset condition, determining the sixth candidate power detection threshold as the second Power detection threshold.
可选地,所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第二功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一终端设备在所述第二类信号的接收功率满足第四预设条件的情况下,将所述第四候选功率检测门限确定为所述第二功率检测门限。The first terminal device determines the fourth candidate power detection threshold as the second power detection threshold if the received power of the second type of signal satisfies a fourth preset condition.
可选地,所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第二功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一终端设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第三预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率不满足第四预设条件的情况下,将所述第六候选功率检测门限确定为所述第二功率检测门限。The first terminal device, when the received power of the first type of signal meets a third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition, the sixth candidate power is used. The detection threshold is determined as the second power detection threshold.
可选地,所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第二功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一终端设备在所述第二类信号的接收功率满足第四预设条件且所述第一类信号的接收功率不满足第三预设条件的情况下,将所述第四候选功率检测门限确定为所述第二功率检测门限。The first terminal device, when the received power of the second type of signal meets a fourth preset condition and the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition, the fourth candidate power is used. The detection threshold is determined as the second power detection threshold.
可选地,所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第二功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一终端设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率不满足第三预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率不满足第四预设条件的情况下,将所述第五候选功率检测门限确定为所述第二功率检测门限。The first terminal device, if the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition, and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition, the fifth candidate The power detection threshold is determined as the second power detection threshold.
可选地,所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第二功率检测门限,包括:Optionally, the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal, including:
所述第一终端设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第三预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率满足第四预设条件的情况下,将所述第五候选功率检测门限确定为所述第二功率检测门限,或,将所述第六候选功率检测门限确定为所述第二功率检测门限。 The first terminal device detects the fifth candidate power when the received power of the first type of signal satisfies a third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal satisfies a fourth preset condition. The threshold is determined as the second power detection threshold, or the sixth candidate power detection threshold is determined as the second power detection threshold.
上述结合第一终端设备接收到的信号的各种可能的情况列举了用于确定第二功率检测门限的可能的实现方式,该第一终端设备可以直接从预先定义的多个候选的功率检测门限中确定第二功率检测门限,实现过程更加简单方便,减小了第一终端设备的计算量。The foregoing various possible cases of combining the signals received by the first terminal device enumerate possible implementation manners for determining a second power detection threshold, and the first terminal device may directly detect thresholds from multiple predefined powers. The second power detection threshold is determined, the implementation process is simpler and more convenient, and the calculation amount of the first terminal device is reduced.
结合第二方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述第三预设条件包括以下至少一项:With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementations, the third preset condition includes at least one of the following:
所述第一类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第五阈值;The received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset fifth threshold;
所述第一类信号的接收功率与所述信号的总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第六阈值;The ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to a preset sixth threshold;
所述第一类信号的接收功率与所述第二类信号的接收功率大于或等于1。The received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal are greater than or equal to one.
上述列举的第三预设条件中的各项可以单独使用,也可以结合使用,本申请对此不做限定。Each of the third preset conditions listed above may be used alone or in combination, and the present application does not limit this.
结合第二方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述第四预设条件包括以下至少一项:With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementation manners, the fourth preset condition includes at least one of the following:
所述第二类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第七阈值;The received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset seventh threshold;
所述第二类信号的接收功率与所述信号的总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第八阈值;The ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to a preset eighth threshold;
所述第二类信号的接收功率与所述第一类信号的接收功率的比值大于1。The ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the received power of the first type of signal is greater than one.
上述列举的第四预设条件中的各项可以单独使用,也可以结合使用,本申请对此不做限定。Each of the fourth preset conditions listed above may be used alone or in combination, and the present application does not limit this.
结合第二方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementations, the method further includes:
所述第一终端设备根据空闲信道评估结果,在信道忙碌的情况下暂停发送信号;或者The first terminal device pauses to send a signal when the channel is busy according to the idle channel evaluation result; or
所述第一终端设备根据空闲信道评估结果,在信道空闲的情况下发送信号。The first terminal device transmits a signal when the channel is idle according to the result of the idle channel assessment.
因此,第一终端设备可以根据空闲信道评估结果,根据信道当前的情况发送或者不发送信号,有利于提高数据接收性能和资源利用率,有助于提高通信系统的性能。Therefore, the first terminal device can send or not send a signal according to the current channel condition according to the idle channel evaluation result, which is beneficial to improving data receiving performance and resource utilization, and helps improve the performance of the communication system.
结合第二方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementations, the method further includes:
所述第一终端设备根据接收到的公共信号,确定所述信号的信号类型,所述公共信号包括以下至少一项:上行参考信号、下行参考信号、下行同步信号和同步信号块。The first terminal device determines a signal type of the signal according to the received common signal, where the common signal includes at least one of an uplink reference signal, a downlink reference signal, a downlink synchronization signal, and a synchronization signal block.
结合第二方面,在某些可能的实现方式中,所述方法应用于许可辅助接入LAA-长期演进LTE系统,所述第一类信号还包括:来自异系统的信号,所述异系统包括不同于所述LAA-LTE系统的系统。With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementations, the method is applied to a licensed assisted access LAA-Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, the first type of signal further comprising: a signal from a different system, the different system including A system different from the LAA-LTE system.
作为示例而非限定,所述异系统包括:Wi-Fi系统。By way of example and not limitation, the different systems include: a Wi-Fi system.
由于第一终端设备在接收到来自异系统的信号时,无法判断该接收到的信号的信号类型,或者说,无法判断该接收到的信号是上行信号还是下行信号,为了保证信道侦听的准确性,可以将该来自异系统的信号确定为异向传输的信号,对于第一终端设备来说,该来自异系统的信号可以为第一类信号。The first terminal device cannot determine the signal type of the received signal when receiving the signal from the different system, or can not determine whether the received signal is an uplink signal or a downlink signal, in order to ensure accurate channel sensing. The signal from the different system may be determined as a signal transmitted in the opposite direction. For the first terminal device, the signal from the different system may be the first type of signal.
基于上述方案,本申请所提供的方法同样能够适用于LAA-LTE系统与一种或多种其他系统共存的场景中。Based on the above solution, the method provided by the present application can also be applied to a scenario in which the LAA-LTE system coexists with one or more other systems.
第三方面,提供了一种接入网设备,用于执行第一方面及第一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,该接入网设备可以包括用于执行第一方面及第一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法的模块。In a third aspect, an access network device is provided for performing the method of the first aspect and any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect. In particular, the access network device may comprise means for performing the method of the first aspect and any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
第四方面,提供了一种终端设备,用于执行第二方面及第二方面的任一种可能的实现 方式中的方法。具体地,该终端设备可以包括执行第二方面及第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法的模块。In a fourth aspect, a terminal device is provided for performing any of the possible implementations of the second aspect and the second aspect The method in the way. Specifically, the terminal device may include a module that performs the method in any of the possible implementations of the second aspect and the second aspect.
第五方面,提供了一种接入网设备,包括收发器、存储器和处理器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得所述接入网设备执行上述第一方面及第一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。In a fifth aspect, an access network device is provided, comprising a transceiver, a memory and a processor, the memory for storing a computer program, the processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, such that the access network The apparatus performs the elements of the method of the first aspect and any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
可选地,所述处理器为一个或多个,所述存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, the processor is one or more, and the memory is one or more.
可选地,所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起,或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。Alternatively, the memory may be integrated with the processor or the memory may be separate from the processor.
第六方面,提供了一种终端设备,包括收发器、存储器和处理器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得所述终端设备执行上述第二方面及第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。According to a sixth aspect, a terminal device includes a transceiver, a memory, and a processor, the memory being configured to store a computer program, the processor is configured to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the terminal device performs the foregoing A unit of a method in any of the possible implementations of the second aspect and the second aspect.
可选地,所述处理器为一个或多个,所述存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, the processor is one or more, and the memory is one or more.
可选地,所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起,或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。Alternatively, the memory may be integrated with the processor or the memory may be separate from the processor.
第七方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括一个或多个上述第三方面提供的接入网设备和一个或多个上述第四方面提供的终端设备,或者,包括一个或多个上述第五方面提供的接入网设备和一个或多个上述第六方面提供的终端设备。In a seventh aspect, a communication system is provided, comprising: one or more of the access network devices provided by the foregoing third aspect, and one or more terminal devices provided by the above fourth aspect, or comprising one or more of the foregoing fifth An access network device provided by the aspect and one or more terminal devices provided by the sixth aspect above.
第八方面,提供了一种芯片,所述芯片存储有计算机程序,当所述芯片在通信装置上运行时,使得所述通信装置执行第一方面至第二方面及第一方面至第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, a chip is provided, the chip storing a computer program that, when the chip is run on a communication device, causes the communication device to perform the first aspect to the second aspect and the first aspect to the second aspect A method in any of the possible implementations.
第九方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序包括用于执行第一方面至第二方面以及第一方面至第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法的指令。A ninth aspect, a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising the first aspect to the second aspect and the first aspect to the second aspect The instructions of the method.
第十方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当所述计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第二方面以及第一方面至第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product comprising: a computer program (also referred to as a code, or an instruction) that, when executed, causes the computer to perform the first aspect to the first The method of any of the possible implementations of the second aspect and the second aspect.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1是适用于本申请实施例的信道侦听的方法和装置的通信系统的示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system of a method and apparatus for channel sensing applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请一实施例提供的信道侦听的方法的示意性流程图;2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for channel interception according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请另一实施例提供的信道侦听的方法的示意性流程图;3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for channel listening provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请又一实施例提供的信道侦听的方法的示意性流程图;4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for channel sensing provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请再一实施例提供的信道侦听的方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for channel sensing provided by another embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图6是本申请实施例提供的接入网设备的示意性框图;FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram of an access network device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的接入网设备的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的终端设备的示意性框图;FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的终端设备的结构示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式 Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
应理解,本申请的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通信(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(LTE)系统及其演进系统(例如,许可辅助接入(LAA-LTE)系统)、先进的长期演进(LTE-A)系统、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、下一代通信系统(例如,第五代通信(fifth-generation,5G)系统)、多种接入系统的融合系统,或演进系统等。其中,5G系统也可以称为新一代无线接入技术(New Radio Access Technology,NR)系统。It should be understood that the technical solution of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example, a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system, a Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, and a wideband code division. Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system and its evolved system (eg, Licensed Admission Access (LAA-LTE) system), Advanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), next-generation communication system (for example, fifth-generation (5G) system), multiple access systems Fusion system, or evolution system, etc. Among them, the 5G system can also be called the New Radio Access Technology (NR) system.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先结合图1详细说明适用于本申请实施例的通信系统。图1示出了适用于本申请实施例的信道侦听的方法和装置的通信系统100。如图1所示,该通信系统100中可至少包括接入网设备111-112以及终端设备121-124。接入网设备和终端设备可以为支持在免许可频段资源上通信的设备。也就是说,接入网设备和终端设备可以使用免许可频段资源进行通信。In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail first with reference to FIG. FIG. 1 illustrates a communication system 100 suitable for a method and apparatus for channel sensing in embodiments of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the communication system 100 can include at least access network devices 111-112 and terminal devices 121-124. Access network devices and terminal devices may be devices that support communication over unlicensed band resources. That is, the access network device and the terminal device can communicate using the unlicensed band resources.
可选地,接入网设备111可以为小区#1中的接入网设备,或者说,接入网设备111可以为小区#1中的终端设备(例如包括终端设备121和终端设备122)服务。接入网设备112可以为小区#2中的接入网设备,或者说,接入网设备112可以为小区#2中的终端设备(例如包括终端设备123和终端设备124)服务。Optionally, the access network device 111 may be an access network device in the cell #1, or the access network device 111 may serve the terminal device in the cell #1 (including, for example, the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122). . The access network device 112 may be an access network device in the cell #2, or the access network device 112 may serve the terminal device in the cell #2 (including, for example, the terminal device 123 and the terminal device 124).
这里,需要说明的是,小区可以理解为接入网设备的服务小区,也就是接入网设备的无线网络的覆盖范围内的区域。在本申请中,小区#1中的接入网设备111和小区#2中的接入网设备112可以是不同的接入网设备,例如,基站,也就是说,小区#1和小区#2可以由不同的基站来管理。小区#1中的接入网设备111和小区#2中的接入网设备112可以是同一基站的不同的射频处理单元,例如,射频拉远单元(Radio Remote Unit,RRU),也就是说,小区#1和小区#2可以由同一基站管理,具有相同的基带处理单元和中频处理单元,但具有不同的射频处理单元。本申请对此不做特别限定。Here, it should be noted that the cell can be understood as a serving cell of the access network device, that is, an area within the coverage of the wireless network of the access network device. In the present application, the access network device 111 in the cell #1 and the access network device 112 in the cell #2 may be different access network devices, for example, a base station, that is, a cell #1 and a cell #2 It can be managed by different base stations. The access network device 111 in the cell #1 and the access network device 112 in the cell #2 may be different radio frequency processing units of the same base station, for example, a radio remote unit (RRU), that is, Cell #1 and cell #2 may be managed by the same base station, having the same baseband processing unit and intermediate frequency processing unit, but with different radio frequency processing units. This application does not specifically limit this.
在该通信系统100中,小区#1所支持的频段可以与小区#2所支持的频段相同,接入网设备111可以是和接入网设备112相同类型的接入网设备,接入网设备111也可以是与接入网设备112不同类型的接入网设备。例如,接入网设备111和接入网设备112均可以为LTE系统的基站,对应地,终端设备121和终端设备122以及终端设备123和终端设备124均可以为LTE系统的终端设备;或者,接入网设备111或112也可以为无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,Wi-Fi)系统的无线路由器、无线中继器等。本申请对此不做限定。In the communication system 100, the frequency band supported by the cell #1 may be the same as the frequency band supported by the cell #2, and the access network device 111 may be the same type of access network device as the access network device 112, and the access network device 111 may also be a different type of access network device than access network device 112. For example, the access network device 111 and the access network device 112 may each be a base station of the LTE system. Correspondingly, the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122 and the terminal device 123 and the terminal device 124 may both be terminal devices of the LTE system; or The access network device 111 or 112 may also be a wireless router of a Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) system, a wireless repeater, or the like. This application does not limit this.
应理解,该接入网设备可以包括接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个扇区与终端通信的设备或可设置于该设备的芯片,该设备包括但不限于:GSM系统或CDMA系统中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以包括WCDMA系统中的基站(NodeB),LTE系统及其演进系统中的演进型基站(eNodeB或eNB或e-NodeB),或者中继站、接入点或射频拉远单元(RRU),以及第五代(5G)通信系统中的接入网设备(如传输点(transmission point,TP)、发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、基站、小基站设备等)、未来通信系统中的接入网设备、Wi-Fi系统中的接入节点、无线中继节点、 无线回传节点等。It should be understood that the access network device may include a device in the access network that communicates with the terminal over one or more sectors on the air interface or a chip that may be disposed on the device, including but not limited to: GSM system or CDMA. A Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in the system may also include a base station (NodeB) in the WCDMA system, an evolved base station (eNodeB or eNB or e-NodeB) in the LTE system and its evolved system, or a relay station, access Point or radio remote unit (RRU), and access network equipment in fifth generation (5G) communication systems (such as transmission point (TP), transmission reception point (TRP), base station, small Base station equipment, etc., access network equipment in future communication systems, access nodes in Wi-Fi systems, wireless relay nodes, Wireless backhaul nodes, etc.
还应理解,该终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。本申请的实施例中的终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请实施例对应用场景不做限定。本申请中将前述终端设备及可设置于前述终端设备的芯片统称为终端设备。It should also be understood that the terminal device may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, A wireless communication device, user agent, or user device. The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a mobile phone, a tablet, a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (AR) terminal. Equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation security ( A wireless terminal in a transportation safety, a wireless terminal in a smart city, a wireless terminal in a smart home, and the like. The application scenario in this application does not limit the application scenario. In the present application, the foregoing terminal device and a chip that can be disposed in the foregoing terminal device are collectively referred to as a terminal device.
还应理解,图1示例性地示出了多个接入网设备和多个终端设备以及与该多个接入网设备和多个终端设备对应的小区,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。该通信系统中可以包括其他数量的接入网设备和终端设备,在同一接入网设备的覆盖范围内也可以包括其他数量的终端设备,该通信系统中也可以部署有更多的小区,或者,该通信系统也可以不通过小区来区分各接入网设备的服务区域。本申请实施例对此不做限定。It should also be understood that FIG. 1 exemplarily shows a plurality of access network devices and a plurality of terminal devices and cells corresponding to the plurality of access network devices and a plurality of terminal devices, but this should not constitute any limitation to the present application. . The communication system may include other numbers of access network devices and terminal devices, and may also include other numbers of terminal devices within the coverage of the same access network device, and more cells may be deployed in the communication system, or The communication system may also distinguish the service areas of the access network devices without using the cell. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
为了便于理解本申请实施例,下面首先简单介绍本申请实施例涉及的几个概念。In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the following briefly introduces several concepts involved in the embodiments of the present application.
一、LAA-LTE系统:First, LAA-LTE system:
利用LTE系统中的载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation,CA)的配置和结构,以配置运营商许可频段上的载波(为便于区分和说明,简称为许可载波),并以许可载波为辅助利用免许可频段上的载波(为便于区分和说明,简称为免许可载波)进行通信。也就是说,通信设备可以通过CA的方式,将许可载波作为主成员载波(Primary Component Carrier,PCC)或主小区(Primary Cell,PCell),将免许可载波作为辅成员载波(Secondary Component Carrier,SCC)或辅小区(Secondary Cell,SCell)。因此,通信设备既可以使用许可载波继承LTE系统中无线通信的传统优势,例如在移动性、安全性、服务质量以及同时处理多用户调度方面的优势,又可以通过利用免许可载波达到网络容量分流的目的,从而减小许可载波的附在。The carrier aggregation (CA) configuration and structure in the LTE system are used to configure carriers on the carrier-licensed band (for convenience of distinction and description, referred to as licensed carriers), and the licensed carrier is used as an auxiliary to use the unlicensed band. The upper carrier (for ease of distinction and description, referred to as the unlicensed carrier for short) communicates. That is to say, the communication device can use the licensed carrier as a primary component carrier (PCC) or a primary cell (PCell) by means of a CA, and the unlicensed carrier is used as a secondary component carrier (SCC). Or secondary cell (Secondary Cell, SCell). Therefore, the communication device can use the licensed carrier to inherit the traditional advantages of wireless communication in the LTE system, for example, in terms of mobility, security, quality of service, and simultaneous handling of multi-user scheduling, and can achieve network capacity offload by utilizing the unlicensed carrier. The purpose of this is to reduce the attachment of the licensed carrier.
在LAA-LTE系统中,定义了子帧类型3,属于子帧类型3的任意子帧可以是上行子帧也可以是下行子帧,或者说,任意子帧都可能是上行的或者下行的。由此引入了LAA-LTE系统中的上行传输和下行传输之间的互干扰,也就是说,通信设备所接收到的信号有来自同一个方向的,也有来自不同方向的。这里需要说明的是,同一方向可以是指同为上行传输或者同为下行传输,不同方向可以是指既有上行传输的又有下行传输的。In the LAA-LTE system, subframe type 3 is defined, and any subframe belonging to subframe type 3 may be an uplink subframe or a downlink subframe, or any subframe may be uplink or downlink. This introduces the mutual interference between the uplink transmission and the downlink transmission in the LAA-LTE system, that is, the signals received by the communication device come from the same direction and from different directions. It should be noted that the same direction may refer to the same uplink transmission or the same downlink transmission, and different directions may refer to both uplink transmission and downlink transmission.
二、免许可频段:Second, the license-free frequency band:
简单地说,免许可频段是不受官方约束可以使用的频率段。免许可频段是相对于许可频段而言的。免许可频段上的资源共享实质是对特定频谱的使用只规定发射功率、带外泄露等指标上的限制,以保证共同使用该频段的多个设备之间满足基本的共存要求,在具体的通信过程中,终端设备在通过免许可频谱的信道向本小区中的接入网设备传输信号时,需要获取免许可频谱的信道使用权,并遵循免许可频谱上资源使用对发射功率和带宽的限制要求。而不限定无线电技术、运营企业和使用年限,但也不保证其上的业务质量。运营 商利用免许可频段资源可以达到网络容量分流的目的,但是需要遵从不同的地域和不同的频谱对免许可频段资源的法规要求。这些要求通常是为保护雷达等公共系统,以及保证多系统尽可能互相之间不造成有害影响、公平共存而制定的,包括发射功率限制、带外泄露指标、室内外使用限制,以及有的地域还有一些附加的共存策略等。例如,各通信设备能够采用先听后说(Listen before Talk,LBT)(或者称,先检测后发送)机制竞争使用免许可频段的资源。Simply put, an unlicensed band is a frequency segment that is not officially constrained. The unlicensed band is relative to the licensed band. The resource sharing in the unlicensed band is essentially a limitation on the use of specific spectrum, such as the transmission power and out-of-band leakage, to ensure that the basic coexistence requirements are met between multiple devices sharing the band. In the process, when the terminal device transmits a signal to the access network device in the cell through the channel of the unlicensed spectrum, it needs to obtain the channel usage right of the unlicensed spectrum, and follows the limitation of the transmission power and bandwidth of the resource usage on the unlicensed spectrum. Claim. It does not limit radio technology, operating companies and years of use, but does not guarantee the quality of its services. Operation The use of unlicensed band resources can achieve the purpose of network capacity diversion, but it is required to comply with the regulatory requirements of unlicensed band resources in different geographies and different spectrums. These requirements are usually designed to protect public systems such as radar, as well as to ensure that multiple systems do not cause harmful effects and fair coexistence with each other, including emission power limits, out-of-band leak indicators, indoor and outdoor use restrictions, and areas. There are also some additional coexistence strategies and so on. For example, each communication device can compete for the use of the unlicensed band by using a Listen Before Talk (LBT) mechanism.
三、LBT:Third, LBT:
通信设备在某个信道(例如记作第一信道)上发送信号(例如,数据信号)之前,可以先检测该第一信道是否空闲,即是否检测到附近的通信设备正在占用该第一信道发送信号,这一检测过程可以称为空闲信道评估(CCA)。如果在一段时间内检测到第一信道空闲,那么该通信设备就可以发送信号;如果检测到该第一信道被占用,那么该通信设备当前无法在该第一信道上发送信号。通信设备可通过信号检测、能量检测等方式来检测信道是否空闲。具体地,如果通信设备通过信号检测来确定信道是否空闲,在没有检测到特定的信号(例如,Wi-Fi系统中的前导序列(preamble)的情况下,认为信道空闲,可以利用免许可频段的资源传输信号。如果通信设备通过能量检测来确定信道是否空闲,在接收到或检测到的能量(或者,功率)低于某个预设的门限值的情况下,认为信道空闲,可以利用免许可频段的资源传输信号。在有LBT约束的地域,要求使用免许可频段的通信设备在利用免许可频段进行数据传输之前,都需要先检测信道是否空闲。Before the communication device transmits a signal (for example, a data signal) on a certain channel (for example, as the first channel), it may first detect whether the first channel is idle, that is, whether it is detected that the nearby communication device is occupying the first channel. Signal, this detection process can be referred to as Clear Channel Assessment (CCA). If the first channel is detected to be idle for a period of time, the communication device can transmit a signal; if it is detected that the first channel is occupied, then the communication device is currently unable to transmit a signal on the first channel. The communication device can detect whether the channel is idle by means of signal detection, energy detection or the like. Specifically, if the communication device determines whether the channel is idle by signal detection, if the specific signal (for example, a preamble in the Wi-Fi system) is not detected, the channel is considered to be idle, and the unlicensed band can be utilized. Resource transmission signal. If the communication device determines whether the channel is idle through energy detection, if the received or detected energy (or power) is lower than a certain threshold, the channel is considered to be idle, and the channel can be utilized. Resource transmission signals in licensed bands. In areas where LBT is constrained, communication devices that require unlicensed bands are required to detect whether the channel is idle before using the unlicensed band for data transmission.
四、信道侦听:Fourth, channel listening:
通信设备在某个信道上接收信号以便检测信道是否空闲(或者称,空闲信道评估)的过程可以称为信道侦听。The process by which a communication device receives a signal on a certain channel to detect whether the channel is idle (or, referred to as an idle channel assessment) may be referred to as channel listening.
具体地,如果通信设备通过信号检测来确定信道是否空闲,在未检测到特定的信号的情况下,认为信道空闲,或者说,听不到其他通信设备的信号收发;在检测到特定的信号的情况下,认为信道忙碌,或者说,听得到其他通信设备的信号收发。Specifically, if the communication device determines whether the channel is idle by signal detection, if the specific signal is not detected, the channel is considered to be idle, or the signal transmission and reception of other communication devices is not heard; when a specific signal is detected In this case, it is considered that the channel is busy, or that the signal of other communication devices is received and received.
如果通信设备通过能量检测来确定信道是否空闲,在接收到或检测到的能量低于某个预设的门限值的情况下,认为信道空闲,或者说,听不到其他通信设备的信号收发;在接收到或检测到的能量高于某个预设的门限值的情况下,认为信道忙碌,或者说,听得到其他通信设备的信号收发。If the communication device determines whether the channel is idle through energy detection, if the received or detected energy is lower than a certain threshold, the channel is considered to be idle, or the signal of other communication device is not heard. When the received or detected energy is above a certain threshold, the channel is considered to be busy, or the signal of other communication devices is heard.
在本申请实施例中,通信设备可以仅在子带侦听,也可以在全带宽侦听(或者说,在宽带侦听)。因此,地理位置较为邻近的两个或更多个通信设备之间就有可能互相听得到对方的信号。In the embodiment of the present application, the communication device may listen only in the sub-band, or may listen in the full bandwidth (or in the wideband listening). Therefore, it is possible for two or more communication devices that are geographically adjacent to each other to hear each other's signals.
其中,宽带侦听可以理解为通信设备在宽带的侦听。这里,宽带可以理解为通信设备可使用的全部带宽。例如,宽带可以是系统带宽,也就是系统中被定义的可用带宽。需要说明的是,全部带宽,可以是可用带宽的全部(也就是100%)或部分(也就是小于100%)。如果全部带宽为可用带宽的部分带宽,例如,80%,则剩余的不可使用的带宽可以作为保护带分布于可用带宽的两侧,也可以离散地分布于可用带宽中。换句话说,宽带的带宽在频域上可以是连续的,也可以是不连续的。Among them, broadband listening can be understood as the interception of communication equipment in broadband. Here, broadband can be understood as the total bandwidth that a communication device can use. For example, broadband can be system bandwidth, which is the available bandwidth defined in the system. It should be noted that the entire bandwidth may be all (ie, 100%) or part (ie, less than 100%) of the available bandwidth. If the entire bandwidth is part of the bandwidth of the available bandwidth, for example, 80%, the remaining unusable bandwidth may be distributed as guard bands on both sides of the available bandwidth, or may be discretely distributed in the available bandwidth. In other words, the bandwidth of the broadband can be continuous or discontinuous in the frequency domain.
举例来说,假设系统带宽为100M,可用带宽可以为100M,则可定义宽带侦听的带宽为100M;可用带宽也可以为80M,则可定义宽带侦听的带宽为80M。若可用带宽为80M, 该系统带宽中剩余的20M可作为保护带分布于可用带宽的两侧,此时,该宽带的带宽在频域上可以是连续的;也可以将其中的10M作为保护带分布于可用带宽的两侧,另外的10M离散地分布于可用带宽中,此时,该宽带的带宽在频域上可以是不连续的。For example, if the system bandwidth is 100M and the available bandwidth can be 100M, the bandwidth for wideband listening can be defined as 100M; the available bandwidth can also be 80M, and the bandwidth for wideband listening can be defined as 80M. If the available bandwidth is 80M, The remaining 20M in the bandwidth of the system can be distributed as guard bands on both sides of the available bandwidth. In this case, the bandwidth of the broadband can be continuous in the frequency domain; 10M can also be distributed as a guard band on the available bandwidth. On the other hand, the other 10M is discretely distributed in the available bandwidth, and at this time, the bandwidth of the broadband may be discontinuous in the frequency domain.
应理解,上面列举的宽带的带宽以及在频域上的分布仅为便于理解而给出的示例性说明,不应对本申请构成任何限定,本申请对于宽带的定义不做限定。It should be understood that the bandwidth of the broadband enumerated above and the distribution in the frequency domain are merely exemplary for convenience of understanding, and should not be construed as limiting the present application. The definition of the broadband is not limited in this application.
子带侦听可以理解为通信设备在子带的侦听。这里,子带可以理解为宽带的子集,也就是说,子带是宽带的部分或全部。并且,子带的带宽在频域上可以是连续的,也可以是不连续的。本申请对此不做限定。Subband snooping can be understood as the interception of the communication device in the subband. Here, a subband can be understood as a subset of a wide band, that is, a subband is part or all of a wide band. Moreover, the bandwidth of the subbands may be continuous or discontinuous in the frequency domain. This application does not limit this.
例如,在图1所示出的通信系统中,假设接入网设备111同时向终端设备121和终端设备122发送下行信号,并且接入网设备111分别向终端设备121和终端设备122发送信号时所使用的频域资源可以是相互正交的。若终端设备121在宽带侦听,便有可能侦听到接入网设备111向终端设备122发送的下行信号;同理,若终端设备122在宽带侦听,也有可能侦听到接入网设备111向终端设备121发送的下行信号。此外,若接入网设备112同时在向终端设备123和终端设备124发送下行信号,则终端设备121和终端设备122还有可能同时侦听到接入网设备112向终端设备123和终端设备124发送的下行信号。换句话说,若通信设备在宽带侦听,任意两个通信设备之间的通信都可能被其他通信设备侦听到。For example, in the communication system shown in FIG. 1, it is assumed that the access network device 111 simultaneously transmits downlink signals to the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122, and when the access network device 111 transmits signals to the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122, respectively. The frequency domain resources used may be mutually orthogonal. If the terminal device 121 is listening on the broadband, it is possible to detect the downlink signal sent by the access network device 111 to the terminal device 122. Similarly, if the terminal device 122 is listening on the broadband, it is also possible to detect the access network device. 111 a downlink signal transmitted to the terminal device 121. In addition, if the access network device 112 is simultaneously transmitting downlink signals to the terminal device 123 and the terminal device 124, the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122 may also simultaneously detect the access network device 112 to the terminal device 123 and the terminal device 124. The downlink signal sent. In other words, if the communication device is listening on the broadband, communication between any two communication devices may be heard by other communication devices.
与之对应地,若通信设备仅在子带侦听,再参看图1中所示出的通信系统,假设接入网设备111同时向终端设备121和终端设备122发送下行信号,且接入网设备111分别向终端设备121和终端设备122发送信号时使用的频域资源可以是相互正交的;接入网设备112同时在向终端设备123和终端设备124发送下行信号,且接入网设备112分别向终端设备123和终端设备124发送信号时使用的频域资源是相互正交的。则终端设备121或终端设备122可能会侦听到接入网设备112向终端设备123和终端设备124发送的下行信号,而终端设备121和终端设备122之间可能互相听不到对方;相对应地,终端设备123或终端设备124可能会侦听到接入网设备111向终端设备111和终端设备112发送的下行信号,而终端设备123和终端设备124之间可能互相听不到对方。换句话说,若通信设备仅在子带侦听,同一小区中的通信设备之间可能互相听不到。Correspondingly, if the communication device is only listening in the sub-band, referring to the communication system shown in FIG. 1, it is assumed that the access network device 111 simultaneously transmits downlink signals to the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122, and the access network The frequency domain resources used when the device 111 sends signals to the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122 respectively may be orthogonal to each other; the access network device 112 simultaneously transmits downlink signals to the terminal device 123 and the terminal device 124, and the access network device The frequency domain resources used when transmitting signals to the terminal device 123 and the terminal device 124, respectively, are orthogonal to each other. The terminal device 121 or the terminal device 122 may detect the downlink signal sent by the access network device 112 to the terminal device 123 and the terminal device 124, and the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122 may not hear each other; The terminal device 123 or the terminal device 124 may detect the downlink signal sent by the access network device 111 to the terminal device 111 and the terminal device 112, and the terminal device 123 and the terminal device 124 may not hear each other. In other words, if the communication device is only listening on the sub-band, the communication devices in the same cell may not be able to hear each other.
在某些通信系统中,任意子帧既可以为上行子帧也可以为下行子帧,例如上述LAA-LTE系统中的子帧类型3。因此,地理位置较为邻近的两个或更多个通信设备之间就有可能受到上下行信号的干扰。In some communication systems, any subframe may be either an uplink subframe or a downlink subframe, such as subframe type 3 in the LAA-LTE system described above. Therefore, there may be interference between uplink and downlink signals between two or more communication devices that are geographically adjacent.
再参看图1中示出的通信系统,若接入网设备111、终端设备121和终端设备122分别在子带侦听,则有可能接收到的信号的传输方向可以如下表中所示:Referring again to the communication system shown in FIG. 1, if the access network device 111, the terminal device 121, and the terminal device 122 are respectively listening in the sub-band, the transmission direction of the signal that may be received may be as shown in the following table:
Figure PCTCN2017104513-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2017104513-appb-000001
也就是说,如果通信设备(包括接入网设备和终端设备)未采用LBT的方式进行信道侦听,那么小区#1中接入网设备111在向终端设备121或终端设备122发送下行信号的过程中,或者,终端设备121或终端设备122向接入网设备发送上行信号的过程中,就有可能受到相邻小区(例如,小区#2)的上、下行传输的干扰。That is, if the communication device (including the access network device and the terminal device) does not perform channel listening in the LBT mode, the access network device 111 in the cell #1 transmits the downlink signal to the terminal device 121 or the terminal device 122. In the process, or when the terminal device 121 or the terminal device 122 sends an uplink signal to the access network device, it may be interfered by the uplink and downlink transmissions of the neighboring cell (for example, the cell #2).
应理解,表一中仅为便于理解,示出了通信设备在子带侦听的情况下小区#2对小区#1中通信设备可能接收到的信号的列表,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定,若通信设备在宽带侦听,则小区#1中的通信设备可能会接收到来自更多的通信设备的上、下行传输的信号。为了简洁,这里不再一一列举。It should be understood that Table 1 only shows a list of signals that the communication device may receive in the cell #1 for the communication device in the case of sub-band listening in the case of sub-band listening, but this should not constitute any of the application. It is defined that if the communication device is listening in wideband, the communication device in cell #1 may receive signals from upper and lower transmissions of more communication devices. For the sake of brevity, we will not list them one by one here.
若通信设备采用能量检测的方式来确定信道是否空闲,则可以进一步确定接收到的信号的能量是否大于或等于预设的能量检测门限,从而确定信道是否空闲。If the communication device uses the energy detection method to determine whether the channel is idle, it may further determine whether the energy of the received signal is greater than or equal to a preset energy detection threshold, thereby determining whether the channel is idle.
需要说明的是,终端设备在进行信道侦听的过程中,可以进行子带侦听,也可以进行宽带侦听。如果终端设备进行子带侦听,则同一小区内,如果每个终端设备的资源占用可以在至少一个维度上是不同的,例如,可通过码分复用(code division depluxing,CDD)的方式区分同一小区中的多个终端设备。此情况下,同一小区中的同时与接入网设备进行数据传输的任意两个终端设备之间可能不会相互干扰;如果终端设备进行宽带侦听,则同一小区内,同时与接入网设备间进行数据传输的多个终端设备之间可能会相互干扰。在干扰较大的情况下,数据接收性能可能会下降,甚至造成接入网设备或某些终端设备不能正确接收数据。然而,可以理解的是,图1中仅示例性地画出了两个小区,如果该通信系统中还存在更多与小区#1相邻的小区,则小区#1还可能同时接收到来自更多个小区的上行信号和下行信号。It should be noted that the terminal device may perform sub-band interception or broadband interception during channel interception. If the terminal device performs subband listening, in the same cell, if the resource occupation of each terminal device can be different in at least one dimension, for example, it can be distinguished by code division depluxing (CDD). Multiple terminal devices in the same cell. In this case, any two terminal devices in the same cell that are simultaneously transmitting data with the access network device may not interfere with each other; if the terminal device performs wideband interception, the same cell and the access network device simultaneously Multiple terminal devices that perform data transmission may interfere with each other. In the case of large interference, data reception performance may be degraded, and even the access network device or some terminal devices may not receive data correctly. However, it can be understood that only two cells are exemplarily drawn in FIG. 1. If there are more cells adjacent to cell #1 in the communication system, cell #1 may also receive more from the same time. Uplink and downlink signals of multiple cells.
五、暴露节点与隐藏节点:5. Exposing nodes and hidden nodes:
在上文中已经介绍了通信设备通过能量检测的方式来确定信道是否空闲的具体过程。然而,在某些场景中,通过预设的能量检测门限来确定信道是否空闲的方法所确定的信道侦听结果可能并不准确。The specific process by which the communication device determines whether the channel is idle by means of energy detection has been described above. However, in some scenarios, the channel listening result determined by the method of determining the channel is idle by the preset energy detection threshold may not be accurate.
举例来说,假设图1中的接入网设备111正在向终端设备121发送下行信号(为便于区分和说明,记作信号#1),而接入网设备112正想给终端设备124发送下行信号(为便于区分和说明,记作信号#2)。由于接入网设备111和接入网设备112之间可以视为视距传输,信号#1由接入网设备111传输到接入网设备112的路损较小,接收功率较高,可能大于预设的能量检测门限的。因此,接入网设备112可以听到接入网设备111的信号#1,则认为信道是忙碌的,不能给终端设备124发送信号#2。For example, assume that the access network device 111 in FIG. 1 is transmitting a downlink signal to the terminal device 121 (referred to as signal #1 for ease of distinction and description), and the access network device 112 is intended to send a downlink to the terminal device 124. Signal (recorded as signal #2 for ease of distinction and explanation). Since the access network device 111 and the access network device 112 can be regarded as line-of-sight transmission, the path loss of the signal #1 transmitted by the access network device 111 to the access network device 112 is small, and the received power is high, which may be greater than Preset energy detection threshold. Therefore, the access network device 112 can hear the signal #1 of the access network device 111, and then considers that the channel is busy and cannot send the signal #2 to the terminal device 124.
但事实上,由于终端设备124距离接入网设备111(或者说,小区#1)比较远,信号#1到达终端设备124时的路损可能较大,接收功率较低。而接入网设备112如果向终端设备124发送信号#2,该信号#2可能是能够被终端设备124正确解调出来的。例如,由于接收到的干扰信号(即,信号#1)的接收功率较低,可被忽略,终端设备124接收到该信号#2的信号与干扰加噪声比(Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio,SINR)可能较高。这种情况下,接入网设备112把原本可以发送的信号暂停发送了,使得资源的使用率降低,用户不能及时接收到信号,网络性能和用户体验下降。在本申请中,可以称接入网设备112与终端设备121互为暴露节点。However, in fact, since the terminal device 124 is relatively far from the access network device 111 (or the cell #1), the path loss when the signal #1 arrives at the terminal device 124 may be large, and the received power is low. If the access network device 112 sends a signal #2 to the terminal device 124, the signal #2 may be properly demodulated by the terminal device 124. For example, since the received power of the received interference signal (ie, signal #1) is low, it can be ignored, and the terminal device 124 receives the signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR) of the signal #2. ) may be higher. In this case, the access network device 112 suspends the originally transmittable signal, so that the resource usage rate is lowered, the user cannot receive the signal in time, and the network performance and user experience are degraded. In the present application, the access network device 112 and the terminal device 121 may be referred to as exposed nodes.
又例如,假设图1中的接入网设备111正在向终端设备121发送下行信号(例如,信 号#1),而终端设备124正想给接入网设备112发送上行信号(为便于区分和说明,记作信号#3)。由于终端设备124距离接入网设备111的距离较大,接入网设备111发送的信号#1传输到终端设备124的路损较大,接收功率较小,可能小于预设的能量检测门限,因此,终端设备124听不到接入网设备111的信号#1,则认为信道是空闲的,可以给接入网设备112发送信号#3。For another example, assume that the access network device 111 in FIG. 1 is transmitting a downlink signal to the terminal device 121 (eg, a letter) No. #1), and the terminal device 124 is about to send an uplink signal to the access network device 112 (recorded as signal #3 for ease of distinction and description). Since the distance between the terminal device 124 and the access network device 111 is large, the path loss transmitted by the signal #1 transmitted by the access network device 111 to the terminal device 124 is large, and the received power is small, which may be less than a preset energy detection threshold. Therefore, if the terminal device 124 does not hear the signal #1 of the access network device 111, the channel is considered to be idle, and the access network device 112 can transmit the signal #3.
但事实上,由于接入网设备111与接入网设备112之间是视距传输,接入网设备111发送的信号#1传输到接入网设备112的路损较小,接收功率较高。如果接入网设备112同时接收到终端设备124发送的信号#3,该信号#3很可能不能被正确解调出来。例如,由于干扰信号(即,信号#1)的接收功率较高,接入网设备112接收到该信号#3的SINR可能较低。这种情况下,终端设备124把原本不该发送的信号发送了,使得信号的接收质量下降,网络性能下降,用户体验下降。在本申请中,可以称接入网设备111与终端设备124互为隐藏节点。However, in fact, since the access network device 111 and the access network device 112 are line-of-sight transmissions, the signal #1 transmitted by the access network device 111 is transmitted to the access network device 112 with a small path loss and a high received power. . If the access network device 112 simultaneously receives the signal #3 transmitted by the terminal device 124, the signal #3 may not be correctly demodulated. For example, due to the higher received power of the interference signal (ie, signal #1), the SINR of the access network device 112 receiving the signal #3 may be lower. In this case, the terminal device 124 transmits a signal that should not be transmitted, so that the reception quality of the signal is degraded, the network performance is degraded, and the user experience is degraded. In the present application, the access network device 111 and the terminal device 124 may be referred to as hidden nodes.
需要说明的是,由于接入网设备的架高一般比较高,障碍物较少,距离较近的两个接入网设备之间的传输可以视为视距传输。视距传输的两通信设备之间的信号传输路损较小,接收到的信号质量较好。但应理解,本申请中的接入网设备111与接入网设备112之间并不限于视距传输的情形。对于满足架高较高、障碍物较少、移动性较低的通信设备之间的传输,都可以认为路损较小,信号的接收质量较高。与之相对地,终端设备之间的障碍物较多,移动性较高,终端设备之间的传输以及终端设备与接入网设备之间的传输在大多数情况下可以视为非视距传输。具有以上特征的两通信设备之间的信号传输路损较大,接收到的信号质量较差。例如,本申请中的终端设备121与接入网设备112之间的信号传输路损较大。It should be noted that since the height of the access network device is generally high, the obstacle is small, and the transmission between the two adjacent access network devices can be regarded as the line-of-sight transmission. The signal transmission path loss between the two communication devices transmitted by the line of sight is small, and the received signal quality is good. However, it should be understood that the access network device 111 and the access network device 112 in the present application are not limited to the case of line-of-sight transmission. For transmissions between communication devices that have higher shelf heights, fewer obstacles, and lower mobility, the path loss can be considered smaller and the signal reception quality is higher. In contrast, there are many obstacles between the terminal devices, and the mobility is high. The transmission between the terminal devices and the transmission between the terminal devices and the access network devices can be regarded as non-line-of-sight transmission in most cases. . The signal transmission path loss between the two communication devices having the above characteristics is large, and the received signal quality is poor. For example, the signal transmission path loss between the terminal device 121 and the access network device 112 in the present application is large.
有鉴于此,本申请提供了一种信道侦听的方法,能够根据接收到的信号的类型确定功率检测门限,有利于提高信道侦听的准确性,进而提高通信系统的性能。In view of this, the present application provides a channel listening method, which can determine the power detection threshold according to the type of the received signal, which is beneficial to improve the accuracy of channel sensing, thereby improving the performance of the communication system.
这里,特别需要说明的是,功率可以理解为单位时间的能量,换句话说,能量可以理解为某一段时间内的消耗,而功率可以理解为单位时间内的消耗,因此,能量检测的方法与功率检测的方法在实质上可以是相同的。在下文中示出的实施例中,结合功率检测门限描述了本申请提供的多个实施例,但应理解,这不应对本申请构成任何限定。本领域的技术人员可以根据功率与能量的关系对功率检测门限进行变形或替换,以得到能量检测门限,并根据能量检测门限来进行空闲信道评估。因此,根据能量检测门限进行空闲信道评估的技术方案也应落入本申请的保护范围内。以下,为了简洁,省略对相同或相似情况的说明。Here, it should be particularly noted that power can be understood as energy per unit time. In other words, energy can be understood as consumption in a certain period of time, and power can be understood as consumption per unit time. Therefore, the method of energy detection and The method of power detection can be substantially the same. In the embodiments shown below, the various embodiments provided by the present application are described in connection with the power detection threshold, but it should be understood that this should not be construed as limiting the application. Those skilled in the art can modify or replace the power detection threshold according to the relationship between power and energy to obtain an energy detection threshold, and perform idle channel estimation according to the energy detection threshold. Therefore, the technical solution for performing the idle channel estimation according to the energy detection threshold should also fall within the protection scope of the present application. Hereinafter, the description of the same or similar cases will be omitted for the sake of brevity.
应理解,在本申请中,第一至第十二仅为便于区分不同的对象,例如,区分不同的接入网设备、不同的终端设备、不同的小区、不同的信号、不同的信号类型、不同的功率检测门限、不同的阈值、不同的偏移量以及不同的条件等,不应对本申请构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in the present application, the first to the twelfth are only for facilitating distinguishing different objects, for example, distinguishing different access network devices, different terminal devices, different cells, different signals, different signal types, Different power detection thresholds, different thresholds, different offsets, different conditions, etc., should not be construed as limiting the application.
还需要说明的是,在本申请中,为了区分上、下行传输的信号,将下行传输的信号记作第一类信号,将上行传输的信号记作第二类信号。对于不同的发送端设备来说,同向传输的信号和异向传输的信号是不同的。例如,对于接入网设备(例如,下文实施例中的第一接入网设备)来说,其发送的信号为下行信号,因此,同向传输的信号(或者简称同向信号)可以是下行信号,也就是第一类信号,异向传输的信号(或者简称异向信号)可以 是上行信号,也就是第二类信号。对于终端设备(例如,下文实施例中的第一终端设备)来说,其发送的信号为上行信号,因此,同向传输的信号可以是上行信号,也就是第二类信号,异向传输的信号可以是下行信号,也就是第一类信号。It should be noted that, in the present application, in order to distinguish the signals transmitted in the uplink and downlink, the downlink transmission signal is recorded as the first type signal, and the uplink transmission signal is recorded as the second type signal. For different sender devices, the signals transmitted in the same direction and the signals transmitted in the opposite direction are different. For example, for an access network device (for example, the first access network device in the following embodiment), the signal sent by the access network is a downlink signal, and therefore, the signal transmitted in the same direction (or simply the same direction signal) may be downlink. Signal, that is, the first type of signal, the signal transmitted in the opposite direction (or simply called the anisotropic signal) can It is the uplink signal, which is the second type of signal. For a terminal device (for example, the first terminal device in the following embodiment), the signal sent by the terminal device is an uplink signal, and therefore, the signal transmitted in the same direction may be an uplink signal, that is, the second type of signal, which is transmitted in the opposite direction. The signal can be a downlink signal, that is, a first type of signal.
以下,将结合附图详细说明本申请提供的信道侦听的方法和装置。Hereinafter, a method and apparatus for channel sensing provided by the present application will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图2示出了本申请一实施例提供的信道侦听的方法200的示意性流程图。具体地,图2示出的方法200可以应用于LAA-LTE系统中,且该方法200可以由处于该LAA-LTE系统中的接入网设备(为便于区分和说明,记作第一接入网设备)执行。应理解,该第一接入网设备可以为LAA-LTE系统中的任意一个接入网设备,例如,该第一接入网设备可以为图1所示的通信系统100中的接入网设备111或接入网设备112。FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method 200 for channel interception provided by an embodiment of the present application. Specifically, the method 200 illustrated in FIG. 2 may be applied to a LAA-LTE system, and the method 200 may be referred to as an access network device in the LAA-LTE system (referred to as a first access for ease of distinction and description) Network device) execution. It should be understood that the first access network device may be any one of the LAA-LTE systems, for example, the first access network device may be the access network device in the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 111 or access network device 112.
假设该第一接入网设备为图1所示通信系统100中的接入网设备111,若该接入网设备111想给终端设备(例如终端设备121)发送信号,则该接入网设备111需要先进行空闲信道评估,再根据空闲信道评估结果发送信号。It is assumed that the first access network device is the access network device 111 in the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1. If the access network device 111 wants to send a signal to the terminal device (for example, the terminal device 121), the access network device 111 needs to perform idle channel estimation first, and then send a signal according to the idle channel evaluation result.
如图2所示,该方法200可以包括步骤210至步骤250。下面对该方法200进行详细描述。As shown in FIG. 2, the method 200 can include steps 210 through 250. The method 200 is described in detail below.
在步骤210中,该第一接入网设备在免许可频段资源上接收信号。In step 210, the first access network device receives a signal on the unlicensed band resource.
即,该第一接入网设备可以在免许可频段资源上接收来自通信系统中的接入网设备和/或终端设备的信号。具体地说,该第一接入网设备接收到的信号可以至少包括:来自除该第一接入网设备之外的至少一个接入网设备(为便于区分和说明,记作第二接入网设备)的第一类信号,来自至少一个终端设备的第二类信号。换句话说,该第一接入网设备可以接收到来自至少一个其他接入网设备的下行信号,和/或,来自至少一个终端设备的上行信号。此外,该第一接入网设备还可能接收到噪声信号。That is, the first access network device can receive signals from access network devices and/or terminal devices in the communication system on the unlicensed band resources. Specifically, the signal received by the first access network device may include: at least one access network device from the first access network device (for the purpose of distinguishing and interpreting, the second access is recorded) The first type of signal of the network device, the second type of signal from at least one terminal device. In other words, the first access network device can receive downlink signals from at least one other access network device, and/or uplink signals from at least one terminal device. In addition, the first access network device may also receive a noise signal.
也就是说,该第一接入网设备在免许可频段资源上可能接收到第一类信号和噪声信号,也可能接收到第二类信号和噪声信号,还可能接收到第一类信号、第二类信号和噪声信号。That is, the first access network device may receive the first type of signal and the noise signal on the unlicensed band resource, may also receive the second type of signal and the noise signal, and may also receive the first type of signal, The second type of signal and noise signal.
以图1所示通信系统100为例,该接入网设备111可能仅接收到来自接入网设备112的下行信号,也可能仅接收到来自终端设备123的上行信号,还可能接收到来自接入网设备112的下行信号以及来自终端设备123、终端设备124的上行信号。应理解,第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备是相对而言的,以图1所示通信系统100为例,若第一接入网设备为接入网设备111,则第二接入网设备可以包括接入网设备112。若第一接入网设备为接入网设备112,则第二接入网设备可以包括接入网设备111。可以理解,虽然图1中未予以示出,该第二接入网设备还可以包括其他接入网设备。本申请对于第二接入网设备的数量以及终端设备的数量不做限定。Taking the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 as an example, the access network device 111 may only receive the downlink signal from the access network device 112, or may only receive the uplink signal from the terminal device 123, and may also receive the incoming signal. The downlink signal of the network access device 112 and the uplink signal from the terminal device 123 and the terminal device 124. It should be understood that the first access network device and the second access network device are relatively the same, and the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 is taken as an example. If the first access network device is the access network device 111, the second The access network device can include an access network device 112. If the first access network device is the access network device 112, the second access network device may include the access network device 111. It will be understood that although not shown in FIG. 1, the second access network device may also include other access network devices. The application does not limit the number of second access network devices and the number of terminal devices.
此外,该第一接入网设备还有可能接收到来自异系统的信号。这里,异系统可以理解为不同于LAA-LTE的系统。例如,Wi-Fi系统。由于第一接入网无法判断该信号为上行信号还是下行信号,为了保证信道侦听的准确性,可以将该来自异系统的信号确定为异向传输的信号。In addition, the first access network device may also receive signals from different systems. Here, the heterogeneous system can be understood as a system different from LAA-LTE. For example, a Wi-Fi system. Since the first access network cannot determine whether the signal is an uplink signal or a downlink signal, in order to ensure the accuracy of channel sensing, the signal from the different system may be determined as a signal transmitted in the opposite direction.
可选地,在本申请实施例中,第二类信号还包括来自异系统的信号。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the second type of signal further includes a signal from a different system.
应理解,将来自异系统的信号确定为异向信号仅为一种可能的实现方式,本申请也并不排除对来自异系统的信号做其他处理的可能,例如,忽略来自异系统的信号。并且,本 申请也并不排除在未来的技术中第一接入网设备能够确定来自异系统的信号为上行信号或下行信号的可能,在此情况下,该第一接入网设备可以将来自异系统的下行信号确定为第一类信号,将来自异系统的上行信号确定为第二类信号。It should be understood that determining a signal from a different system as an anisotropic signal is only one possible implementation, and the present application does not preclude the possibility of other processing of signals from different systems, for example, ignoring signals from different systems. And this The application also does not exclude that in the future technology, the first access network device can determine that the signal from the different system is an uplink signal or a downlink signal, in which case the first access network device can be from a different system. The downlink signal is determined to be the first type of signal, and the uplink signal from the different system is determined as the second type of signal.
在步骤220中,该第一接入网设备根据接收到的信号的信号类型,确定第一功率检测门限。In step 220, the first access network device determines a first power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal.
具体地,该第一功率检测门限可理解为用于确定信道是否空闲的参数。在本申请实施例中,该第一接入网设备可以基于接收到的信号的信号类型,确定该第一功率检测门限。换句话说,该第一接入网设备可以根据接收到的信号的信号类型而调整该第一功率检测门限。Specifically, the first power detection threshold can be understood as a parameter for determining whether the channel is idle. In this embodiment of the present application, the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold based on a signal type of the received signal. In other words, the first access network device can adjust the first power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal.
可选地,该方法200还包括:步骤230,第一接入网设备根据接收到的公共信号,确定接收到的信号的信号类型。其中,公共信号包括以下至少一项:上行参考信号、下行参考信号、下行同步信号和同步信号块。Optionally, the method 200 further includes: Step 230, the first access network device determines a signal type of the received signal according to the received common signal. The common signal includes at least one of the following: an uplink reference signal, a downlink reference signal, a downlink synchronization signal, and a synchronization signal block.
具体地,公共信号可以理解为在通信过程中必不可少的信号。作为示例而非限定,接入网设备可以周期性地发送同步信号,例如,主同步信号(Primary Synchronization Signal,PSS)、辅同步信号(Secondary Synchronization Signal,SSS)、同步信号块(Synchronization Signal block,SSB)等。通信设备在发送数据信号之前,可以通过参考信号来进行信道测量,例如,下行信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information Reference Signal,CSI-RS)、上行CSI-RS等。通信设备在发送数据信号的时候可以同时发送参考信号,例如,解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS)等。In particular, a common signal can be understood as a signal that is indispensable in the communication process. By way of example and not limitation, the access network device may periodically send synchronization signals, such as a Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS), a Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS), and a Synchronization Signal Block (Synchronization Signal Block). SSB) and so on. The communication device may perform channel measurement by using a reference signal before transmitting the data signal, for example, a Channel State Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS), an uplink CSI-RS, or the like. The communication device can simultaneously transmit a reference signal when transmitting a data signal, for example, a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS).
第一接入网设备可以根据先验信息,例如,信号的序列特点、占用的时频资源或者发送周期等,以及接收到的公共信号,确定该接收到的公共信号是上行信号还是下行信号。一种可能的实现方式是,第一接入网设备可以预先获取各种可能的公共信号的序列特点,基于各种序列特点进行盲检,在检测到与来自某一通信设备的公共信号相匹配的序列的时候,便可以确定根据与该公共信号相匹配的序列确定该公共信号为上行信号还是下行信号,进而可以确定接收到的来自同一通信设备的信号为上行信号还是下行信号,也就是可以确定接收到的信号是第一类信号还是第二类信号。The first access network device may determine whether the received public signal is an uplink signal or a downlink signal according to a priori information, for example, a sequence characteristic of the signal, an occupied time-frequency resource or a transmission period, and the received public signal. A possible implementation manner is that the first access network device can acquire sequence characteristics of various possible common signals in advance, perform blind detection based on various sequence characteristics, and detect a common signal from a certain communication device. When the sequence is determined, it can be determined whether the common signal is an uplink signal or a downlink signal according to a sequence matching the common signal, thereby determining whether the received signal from the same communication device is an uplink signal or a downlink signal, that is, It is determined whether the received signal is the first type of signal or the second type of signal.
在本申请实施例中,该第一接入网设备根据接收到的信号的信号类型确定第一功率检测门限的方法至少包括以下两种:In the embodiment of the present application, the method for determining, by the first access network device, the first power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal includes at least the following two types:
方法一:该第一接入网设备可以预先确定第一初始功率检测门限,然后根据接收到的信号的信号类型以及该第一初始功率检测门限,确定该第一功率检测门限。Method 1: The first access network device may determine a first initial power detection threshold in advance, and then determine the first power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and the first initial power detection threshold.
方法二:该通信系统可以预先定义(例如,协议定义)多个功率检测门限,该第一接入网设备中预先配置该多个功率检测门限,然后根据接收到的信号的信号类型从该多个功率检测门限中确定该第一功率检测门限。Method 2: The communication system may pre-define (eg, define a protocol) a plurality of power detection thresholds, where the plurality of power detection thresholds are pre-configured, and then according to the signal type of the received signal The first power detection threshold is determined in the power detection thresholds.
后文中会结合具体的实施例详细说明步骤220在不同情况中的具体实现方式。Specific implementations of step 220 in different situations will be described in detail below in conjunction with specific embodiments.
在步骤240中,该第一接入网设备根据第一功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估。In step 240, the first access network device performs an idle channel assessment according to the first power detection threshold.
具体地,该第一接入网设备可以根据步骤210中所述的信号的总接收功率与第一功率检测门限的关系,确定信道当前处于忙碌还是空闲。例如,当信号的总接收功率大于或等于该第一功率检测门限时,认为该信道当前处于忙碌状态;当信号的总接收功率小于该第一功率检测门限时,认为该信道当前处于空闲状态。 Specifically, the first access network device may determine whether the channel is currently busy or idle according to the relationship between the total received power of the signal and the first power detection threshold in step 210. For example, when the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to the first power detection threshold, the channel is considered to be in a busy state; when the total received power of the signal is less than the first power detection threshold, the channel is considered to be in an idle state.
可选地,在步骤240之后,该方法200还包括:步骤250,该第一接入网设备根据空闲信道评估结果发送信号。Optionally, after step 240, the method 200 further includes: step 250, the first access network device sends a signal according to the idle channel evaluation result.
具体地,该第一接入网设备可以在确定信道忙碌的情况下暂停发送信号,并且可选地,该第一接入网设备可以待到检测到该信道空闲的情况下,再恢复信号发送;该第一接入网设备也可以在确定信道空闲的情况下使用该信道发送信号。Specifically, the first access network device may suspend sending a signal when it is determined that the channel is busy, and optionally, the first access network device may resume signal transmission until the channel is detected to be idle. The first access network device can also use the channel to transmit a signal if it is determined that the channel is idle.
应理解,第一接入网设备在确定了空闲信道评估结果之后所执行的步骤可以与现有技术相同,为了简洁,这里省略对其具体内容的详细说明。It should be understood that the steps performed by the first access network device after determining the idle channel evaluation result may be the same as the prior art, and a detailed description of the specific content thereof is omitted herein for the sake of brevity.
基于上述技术方案,该第一接入网设备可以根据接收到的信号的信号类型确定第一功率检测门限,由于考虑了不同的信号类型可能带来的干扰,使得第一功率检测门限的取值随接收到的信号的信号类型的不同而不同,相比于现有技术中采用固定的功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估而言,评估结果更准确,即提高了信道侦听的准确性,使得第一接入网设备发送信号的概率也随接收到的信号的信号类型的不同而不同,因此,有利于提高资源的利用率数据接收性能,从而有助于提升通信系统的性能。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal, and the value of the first power detection threshold is determined by considering interference that may be caused by different signal types. Different from the signal type of the received signal, the evaluation result is more accurate than the prior art using the fixed power detection threshold for the idle channel estimation, that is, the channel sensing accuracy is improved, so that the The probability that an access network device transmits a signal also differs depending on the type of the signal of the received signal. Therefore, it is advantageous to improve the data utilization performance of the resource utilization, thereby contributing to improving the performance of the communication system.
进一步地,根据前面分析内容所述,对于第一接入网设备而言,如果接收到的信号主要来自于其他接入网设备,即,同向信号,第一接入网设备主要进行同向信道侦听。由于同向信道侦听造成隐藏节点和暴露节点的概率低,所以,同向信道侦听下第一接入网设备受到的干扰小,从而可以进一步的提高能量检测门限,进而提高接入无线信道的概率。相反地,如果第一接入网设备接收到的信号主要是来自于终端设备,即异向信号,第一接入网设备主要进行异向信道侦听。由于异向信道侦听造成隐藏节点和暴露节点的概率稍高,所以,异向信道侦听下第一接入网设备可能受到的干扰较大,从而可以进一步的降低能量检测门限,从而降低所述网络设备的干扰。Further, according to the foregoing analysis content, for the first access network device, if the received signal is mainly from other access network devices, that is, the same direction signal, the first access network device mainly performs the same direction. Channel listening. Since the probability of the hidden node and the exposed node is low due to the same channel interception, the interference of the first access network device under the same channel interception is small, so that the energy detection threshold can be further improved, thereby improving the access wireless channel. The probability. Conversely, if the signal received by the first access network device is mainly from the terminal device, that is, the anisotropic signal, the first access network device mainly performs the isolating channel interception. Since the probability of the hidden node and the exposed node is slightly higher due to the heterogeneous channel interception, the interference of the first access network device under the heterogeneous channel interception may be greatly interfered, thereby further reducing the energy detection threshold, thereby reducing the The interference of the network device.
下面结合具体的实施例详细说明上述方法一和方法二。The above method 1 and method 2 will be described in detail below with reference to specific embodiments.
方法一、method one,
在方法一中,该第一接入网设备可以预先确定第一初始功率检测门限。In method one, the first access network device may predetermine a first initial power detection threshold.
具体地,该第一初始功率检测门限可以是预先定义的,例如,协议定义,也可以是由该第一接入网设备确定的。Specifically, the first initial power detection threshold may be predefined, for example, a protocol definition, or may be determined by the first access network device.
可选地,该方法200还包括:该第一接入网设备根据发送功率信息和载波带宽信息,确定第一初始功率检测门限。Optionally, the method 200 further includes: the first access network device determining, according to the transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth information, a first initial power detection threshold.
其中,该发送功率信息包括:该第一接入网设备在免许可频段资源上的实际发送功率(或者称,发射功率、输出功率)或最大发送功率,该载波带宽信息包括:该第一接入网设备在免许可频段资源上的实际发送带宽或最大发送带宽。The transmit power information includes: actual transmit power (or transmit power, output power) or maximum transmit power of the first access network device on the unlicensed band resource, where the carrier bandwidth information includes: the first connection The actual transmission bandwidth or maximum transmission bandwidth of the network access device on the unlicensed band resources.
具体地,实际发送功率可以是该第一接入网设备在免许可频段资源上发送一个或多个信号所使用的功率,这里,该一个或多个信号是该第一接入网设备准备发送而未发送的信号,发送该一个或多个信号所使用的功率即该第一接入网设备准备用于发送该一个或多个信号的功率。与之相应地,实际发送带宽可以是该第一接入网设备在免许可频段资源上发送上述一个或多个信号所使用的频域资源的带宽,发送该一个或多个信号所使用的频域资源即该第一接入网设备预先调度好的用于发送该一个或多个信号的频域资源。Specifically, the actual transmit power may be the power used by the first access network device to send one or more signals on the unlicensed band resource, where the one or more signals are that the first access network device is ready to send. And for an untransmitted signal, the power used to transmit the one or more signals is the power that the first access network device is prepared to use to transmit the one or more signals. Correspondingly, the actual transmission bandwidth may be the bandwidth of the frequency domain resource used by the first access network device to transmit the one or more signals on the unlicensed band resource, and the frequency used to transmit the one or more signals. The domain resource is a frequency domain resource that is pre-scheduled by the first access network device for transmitting the one or more signals.
最大发送功率和最大发送带宽则可以理解为该接入网设备所能够使用的功率和带宽的上限。 The maximum transmit power and the maximum transmit bandwidth can be understood as the upper limit of the power and bandwidth that the access network device can use.
作为一种可能的实现方式,该第一接入网设备可以根据以下公式确定第一初始功率门限:As a possible implementation manner, the first access network device may determine a first initial power threshold according to the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2017104513-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2017104513-appb-000002
其中,T为第一初始功率检测门限,Tmax=10·log10(F·BW),B、E、F、TA、PH为预设值,F取值为实数,BW为载波带宽,可以为上述实际发送带宽或最大发送带宽,PTX为上述实际发送功率或最大发送功率。Where T is the first initial power detection threshold, T max =10·log 10 (F·BW), B, E, F, T A , and P H are preset values, F is a real number, and BW is a carrier bandwidth. The actual transmission bandwidth or the maximum transmission bandwidth may be the above, and the P TX is the actual transmission power or the maximum transmission power.
例如,B可以为-72dBm;E可以为20MHz;在数据传输中,TA可以为10dB,在解调参考信号传输中,TA可以为5dB;PH可以为23dBm;F可以为3.16228×10-8mW/MHz。For example, B can be -72dBm; E can be 20MHz; in data transmission, T A can be 10dB, in demodulation reference signal transmission, T A can be 5dB; P H can be 23dBm; F can be 3.16228 × 10 -8 mW/MHz.
应理解,上述列举的公式以及对公式中各参数的取值仅为一种可能的实现方式,而不应对本申请构成任何限定,本申请并不排除其他根据发送功率信息和载波带宽信息确定第一初始功率检测门限的可能。It should be understood that the above-listed formulas and the values of the parameters in the formula are only one possible implementation manner, and should not be construed as limiting the present application. The present application does not exclude other determinations based on the transmission power information and the carrier bandwidth information. An initial power detection threshold is possible.
在本申请实施例中,该第一初始功率检测门限可以理解为一个功率检测门限的初始值,第一接入网设备在确定了该第一初始功率检测门限之后,可以进一步根据接收到的信号的类型确定是否需要在该预先获得的第一初始功率检测门限的基础上进行调整,例如,提高或降低,以得到第一功率检测门限。换句话说,在本申请实施例中,第一功率检测门限可能因接收到的信号的类型的不同而不同,而并不是一个固定不变的值。In the embodiment of the present application, the first initial power detection threshold may be understood as an initial value of a power detection threshold, and after determining the first initial power detection threshold, the first access network device may further perform the received signal according to the received signal. The type determines whether adjustment is needed based on the pre-obtained first initial power detection threshold, for example, increasing or decreasing to obtain a first power detection threshold. In other words, in the embodiment of the present application, the first power detection threshold may be different depending on the type of the received signal, and is not a fixed value.
在确定了第一初始功率检测门限之后,该第一接入网设备就可以根据接收到的信号的信号类型确定第一功率检测门限。下面,结合具体的实施例详细说明步骤220在不同情况中的具体实现方式。After determining the first initial power detection threshold, the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal. The specific implementation of step 220 in different situations will be described in detail below with reference to specific embodiments.
具体地,该第一接入网设备接收到的信号的信号类型至少可以包括以下三种情况中的任一种:Specifically, the signal type of the signal received by the first access network device may include at least one of the following three conditions:
情况一:该第一接入网设备仅接收到第一类信号,或者,该第一接入网设备仅接收到第一类信号和噪声信号;Case 1: the first access network device only receives the first type of signal, or the first access network device only receives the first type of signal and the noise signal;
情况二:该第一接入网设备仅接收到第二类信号,或者,该第一接入网设备仅接收到第二类信号和噪声信号;Case 2: the first access network device only receives the second type of signal, or the first access network device only receives the second type of signal and the noise signal;
情况三:该第一接入网设备接收到第一类信号和第二类信号,或者,该第一接入网设备接收到第一类信号、第二类信号和噪声信号。Case 3: The first access network device receives the first type of signal and the second type of signal, or the first access network device receives the first type of signal, the second type of signal, and the noise signal.
下面结合上述列举的三种情况详细说明步骤220。Step 220 will be described in detail below in conjunction with the three cases listed above.
情况一、Situation 1,
如果该第一接入网设备仅接收到来自其他接入网设备的下行信号(或者,下行信号和噪声信号),而未接收到来自终端设备的上行信号,可以直接确定第一功率检测门限,该第一功率检测门限大于该第一初始功率检测门限。If the first access network device only receives downlink signals (or downlink signals and noise signals) from other access network devices, but does not receive an uplink signal from the terminal device, the first power detection threshold may be directly determined. The first power detection threshold is greater than the first initial power detection threshold.
进一步地,第一接入网设备也可以在情况一下根据该第一类信号的接收功率确定第一功率检测门限。Further, the first access network device may also determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal.
可选地,步骤220具体包括:Optionally, step 220 specifically includes:
该第一接入网设备根据接收到的信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定第一功率检测门限。 The first access network device determines a first power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
即,第一接入网设备在接收到的信号满足情况一的时候,可以根据第一类信号的接收功率,确定第一功率检测门限。可选地,该第一接入网设备可以在第一类信号的接收功率满足第一预设条件的情况下,确定第一功率检测门限,该第一功率检测门限大于第一初始功率检测门限,或者说,预设的功率检测门限被提高。That is, the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal when the received signal satisfies the first condition. Optionally, the first access network device may determine a first power detection threshold if the received power of the first type of signal meets the first preset condition, where the first power detection threshold is greater than the first initial power detection threshold. Or, the preset power detection threshold is increased.
其中,第一预设条件可以包括以下至少一项:The first preset condition may include at least one of the following:
条件一、第一类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第一阈值;Condition 1. The received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset first threshold;
条件二、第一类信号的接收功率与总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第二阈值。Condition 2: The ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset second threshold.
其中,总接收功率为该第一接入网设备接收信号的总功率。在情况一中,该第一接入网设备接收到的信号可以包括来自其他接入网设备的第一类信号,或者,第一类信号和噪声信号。因此,在情况一中,总接收功率为该第一接入网设备接收到第一类信号的总功率,或,该第一接入网设备接收到第一类信号和噪声信号的总功率。The total received power is the total power of the signal received by the first access network device. In case 1, the signal received by the first access network device may include a first type of signal from other access network devices, or a first type of signal and a noise signal. Therefore, in case 1, the total received power is the total power of the first type of signal received by the first access network device, or the first access network device receives the total power of the first type of signal and the noise signal.
第一接入网设备可以预先确定第一预设条件,例如,在第一类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第一阈值的情况下,认为满足第一预设条件,确定第一功率检测门限大于第一初始功率检测门限;或者,在第一类信号的接收功率与总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第二阈值的情况下,认为满足第一预设条件,确定第一功率检测门限大于第一初始功率检测门限;或者,在第一类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第一阈值且第一类信号的接收功率与总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第二阈值的情况下,认为满足第一预设条件,确定第一功率检测门限大于第一初始功率检测门限。相对应地,若第一类信号的接收功率不满足第一预设条件,则直接将该第一初始功率检测门限确定为该第一功率检测门限,也就是说,预设的功率检测门限可以不作调整。The first access network device may determine a first preset condition in advance, for example, if the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset first threshold, determining that the first preset condition is met, determining the first power The detection threshold is greater than the first initial power detection threshold; or, if the ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset second threshold, it is considered that the first preset condition is met, and the first The power detection threshold is greater than the first initial power detection threshold; or the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset first threshold and the ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset In the case of the second threshold, it is considered that the first preset condition is met, and it is determined that the first power detection threshold is greater than the first initial power detection threshold. Correspondingly, if the received power of the first type of signal does not meet the first preset condition, the first initial power detection threshold is directly determined as the first power detection threshold, that is, the preset power detection threshold may be No adjustments are made.
在实现过程中,第一接入网设备可以预先确定好第一预设条件为上述列举的至少一项,在接收到的信号满足情况一的时候,直接根据该第一类信号的接收功率是否满足第一预设条件,确定第一功率检测门限。In the implementation process, the first access network device may determine that the first preset condition is at least one of the foregoing enumerated items, and when the received signal satisfies the first case, directly according to whether the received power of the first type of signal is The first preset condition is met, and the first power detection threshold is determined.
可选地,该第一接入网设备根据接收到的信号的类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定第一功率检测门限,进一步包括:Optionally, the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the type of the received signal and the received power of each type of signal, and further includes:
该第一接入网设备在第一类信号满足第一预设条件的情况下,确定第一偏移量,该第一偏移量为正数;The first access network device determines a first offset when the first type of signal satisfies the first preset condition, where the first offset is a positive number;
该第一接入网设备将第一初始功率检测门限与第一偏移量之和确定为第一功率检测门限。The first access network device determines a sum of the first initial power detection threshold and the first offset as a first power detection threshold.
具体地,该第一偏移量可以通过以下至少一种方式确定:Specifically, the first offset may be determined by at least one of the following:
方式a:该第一偏移量为预先定义的,例如,协议定义。Mode a: The first offset is predefined, for example, a protocol definition.
即,可以预先定义(例如,协议定义)了偏移量的取值,该第一接入网设备可以直接将该预定义的偏移量作为第一偏移量。That is, the value of the offset may be predefined (eg, defined by the protocol), and the first access network device may directly use the predefined offset as the first offset.
方式b、该第一接入网设备从预设的多个偏移量中确定。In a mode b, the first access network device determines the preset multiple offsets.
具体地,可以预先定义(例如,协议定义)多个候选的偏移量,该第一接入网设备可以通过例如网络训练的方式,遍历每个偏移量,根据偏移量对应的网络性能,例如小区吞吐量,或是用户感知吞吐量,收敛到某一个或多个偏移量,使得小区吞吐量或是用户感知吞吐量达到相对最优值,再将该一个偏移量直接确定为第一偏移量,或从该多个偏移量中选择一个作为第一偏移量。 Specifically, a plurality of candidate offsets may be predefined (eg, defined by a protocol), and the first access network device may traverse each offset by, for example, network training, according to network performance corresponding to the offset. For example, cell throughput, or user-aware throughput, converges to one or more offsets such that the cell throughput or user-aware throughput reaches a relatively optimal value, and the offset is directly determined as The first offset, or one of the plurality of offsets, is selected as the first offset.
假设该第一偏移量为ΔP1,第一初始功率检测门限为P1 0,第一功率检测门限为P1,则第一功率检测门限P1可以通过下式计算得到:P1=P1 0+ΔP1Assuming that the first offset is ΔP 1 , the first initial power detection threshold is P 1 0 , and the first power detection threshold is P 1 , the first power detection threshold P 1 can be calculated by: P 1 =P 1 0 +ΔP 1 .
应理解,在上述实施例中,示出了第一接入网设备在接收到的信号满足情况一的时候,将第一功率检测门限确定为大于第一初始功率门限的值,以便该第一接入网设备更准确地进行空闲信道评估,但这不应对本申请构成限定。本申请也并不排除第一接入网设备在接收到的信号满足情况一的时候,将第一功率检测门限确定为小于第一初始功率检测门限的值的可能,在此情况下,仍然可以根据P1=P1 0+ΔP1确定第一功率检测门限,所不同的是,该第一偏移量ΔP1为负数。It should be understood that, in the foregoing embodiment, the first access network device determines that the first power detection threshold is greater than a value of the first initial power threshold when the received signal satisfies the first one, so that the first The access network device performs the idle channel assessment more accurately, but this should not limit the application. The application does not exclude the possibility that the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold to be smaller than the value of the first initial power detection threshold when the received signal satisfies the situation 1. In this case, the device can still The first power detection threshold is determined according to P 1 =P 1 0 +ΔP 1 , except that the first offset ΔP 1 is a negative number.
情况二、Case 2
如果第一接入网设备仅接收到来自终端设备的上行信号(或者,上行信号和噪声信号),而未接收到来自其他接入网设备的下行信号,可以直接确定该第一功率检测门限,该第一功率检测门限小于该第一初始功率检测门限。If the first access network device only receives the uplink signal (or the uplink signal and the noise signal) from the terminal device, but does not receive the downlink signal from the other access network device, the first power detection threshold may be directly determined. The first power detection threshold is less than the first initial power detection threshold.
进一步地,该第一接入网设备也可以在情况二下根据第二类信号的接收功率确定第一功率检测门限。Further, the first access network device may also determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of the second type of signal in case 2.
可选地,步骤220具体包括:Optionally, step 220 specifically includes:
该第一接入网设备根据接收到的信号的类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定第一功率检测门限。The first access network device determines a first power detection threshold according to the type of the received signal and the received power of each type of signal.
即,第一接入网设备在接收到的信号满足情况二的时候,可以根据第二类信号的接收功率,确定第一功率检测门限。例如,第一接入网设备可以在第二类信号的接收功率满足第二预设条件的情况下,确定第一功率检测门限小于第一初始功率检测门限,或者说,预设的功率检测门限被降低。That is, when the received signal satisfies Case 2, the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of the second type of signal. For example, the first access network device may determine that the first power detection threshold is smaller than the first initial power detection threshold, or the preset power detection threshold, if the received power of the second type of signal meets the second preset condition. Being lowered.
其中,第二预设条件可以包括以下至少一项:The second preset condition may include at least one of the following:
条件三、第二类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第三阈值;Condition 3: The received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset third threshold;
条件四、第二类信号的接收功率与总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第四阈值。Condition 4: The ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset fourth threshold.
在情况二中,该第一接入网设备接收到的信号可以包括来自终端设备的第二类信号,或者,第二类信号和噪声信号。因此,在情况二中,总接收功率为该第一接入网设备接收到第二类信号的总功率,或该第一接入网设备接收到第二类信号和噪声信号的总功率。In case two, the signal received by the first access network device may include a second type of signal from the terminal device, or a second type of signal and a noise signal. Therefore, in case 2, the total received power is the total power of the first type of signal received by the first access network device, or the total power of the second type of signal and the noise signal is received by the first access network device.
第一接入网设备可以预先确定第二预设条件,例如,在第二类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第三阈值的情况下,认为满足第二预设条件,确定第一功率检测门限小于第一初始功率检测门限;或者,在第二类信号的接收功率与总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第四阈值的情况下,认为满足第二预设条件,确定第一功率检测门限小于第一初始功率检测门限;或者,在第二类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第三阈值且第二类信号的接收功率与总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第四阈值的情况下,认为满足第二预设条件,确定第一功率检测门限小于第一初始功率检测门限;相对应地,若第二类信号的接收功率不满足第二预设条件,则直接将该第一初始功率检测门限确定为该第一功率检测门限,也就是说,预设的功率检测门限可以不作调整。The first access network device may determine a second preset condition in advance, for example, if the received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset third threshold, determining that the second preset condition is met, determining the first power The detection threshold is smaller than the first initial power detection threshold; or, if the ratio of the received power of the second type signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset fourth threshold, it is considered that the second preset condition is met, and the first The power detection threshold is smaller than the first initial power detection threshold; or, the received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset third threshold, and the ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset value. In the case of the fourth threshold, it is determined that the second preset condition is met, and the first power detection threshold is determined to be smaller than the first initial power detection threshold; correspondingly, if the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition, The first initial power detection threshold is directly determined as the first power detection threshold, that is, the preset power detection threshold may not be adjusted.
在实现过程中,第一接入网设备可以预先确定好第二预设条件为上述列举的至少一项,在接收到的信号满足情况二的时候,直接根据该第二类信号的接收功率满足第二预设条件,确定第一功率检测门限。 In the implementation process, the first access network device may determine that the second preset condition is at least one of the foregoing enumerated items, and when the received signal satisfies the second case, directly meet the received power according to the second type of signal. The second preset condition determines a first power detection threshold.
可选地,该第一接入网设备根据接收到的信号的类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定第一功率检测门限,进一步包括:Optionally, the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the type of the received signal and the received power of each type of signal, and further includes:
该第一接入网设备在第二类信号满足第二预设条件的情况下,确定第二偏移量,该第二偏移量为正数;The first access network device determines a second offset when the second type of signal satisfies the second preset condition, where the second offset is a positive number;
该第一接入网设备将第一初始功率检测门限与第二偏移量之差确定为第一功率检测门限。The first access network device determines a difference between the first initial power detection threshold and the second offset as a first power detection threshold.
具体地,该第二偏移量也可以通过上述方式a和方式b中的任意一种方式确定,具体如下:Specifically, the second offset may also be determined by any one of the foregoing manners a and b, as follows:
方式a:该第二偏移量为预先定义的,例如,协议定义;Mode a: the second offset is predefined, for example, a protocol definition;
方式b、该第一接入网设备从预设的多个偏移量中确定。In a mode b, the first access network device determines the preset multiple offsets.
应理解,方式a和方法b的具体过程在情况一中已经详细说明,为了简洁,这里省略该对该具体过程的详细说明。It should be understood that the specific processes of mode a and method b have been described in detail in case one, and a detailed description of the specific process is omitted here for the sake of brevity.
假设该第二偏移量为ΔP2,则第一功率检测门限P1可以通过下式计算得到:P1=P1 0-ΔP2Assuming that the second offset is ΔP 2 , the first power detection threshold P 1 can be calculated by the following equation: P 1 =P 1 0 -ΔP 2 .
应理解,在上述实施例中,示出了第一接入网设备在接收到的信号满足情况二的时候,将第一功率检测门限确定为小于第一初始功率门限的值,以便该第一接入网设备更准确地进行空闲信道评估,但这不应对本申请构成限定。本申请也并不排除第一接入网设备在接收到的信号满足情况二的时候,将第一功率检测门限确定为大于第一初始功率检测门限的值的可能,在此情况下,仍然可以根据P1=P1 0-ΔP2确定第一功率检测门限,所不同的是,该第二偏移量ΔP2为负数。It should be understood that, in the foregoing embodiment, when the received signal satisfies Case 2, the first access network device determines that the first power detection threshold is less than a value of the first initial power threshold, so that the first The access network device performs the idle channel assessment more accurately, but this should not limit the application. The present application also does not exclude the possibility that the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold to be greater than the value of the first initial power detection threshold when the received signal satisfies case 2, in this case, The first power detection threshold is determined according to P 1 =P 1 0 -ΔP 2 , except that the second offset ΔP 2 is a negative number.
还应理解,在情况一中确定的第一偏移量和情况二中确定的第二偏移量可以是无关联的,该两个偏移量都可以是预设的,也可以是第一接入网设备计算得到的,且本申请对该两个偏移量的取值并不做限定,第一偏移量的取值与第二偏移量的取值可以相同或不同。It should also be understood that the first offset determined in case one and the second offset determined in case two may be uncorrelated, both of which may be preset or first. It is calculated by the access network device, and the value of the two offsets is not limited in this application. The value of the first offset and the value of the second offset may be the same or different.
需要说明的是,情况一中的第一预设条件和情况二中的第二预设条件之间是没有关联的。第一接入网设备可以将相对应的两个条件分别确定为第一预设条件和第二预设条件,在一种可能的设计中,将条件一确定为第一预设条件,将条件三确定为第二预设条件,该第一阈值例如可以为-60dBm,该第三阈值例如可以为-80dBm,或者,该第一阈值和第三阈值可以为相同取值,例如可以为-80dBm;在另一种可能的设计中,将条件二确定为第一预设条件,将条件四确定为第二预设条件,该第二阈值例如可以为60%,该第四阈值例如可以为80%,或者,该二阈值和第四阈值可以为相同取值,例如可以为80%;在又一种可能的设计中,将条件一和条件二确定为第一预设条件,将条件三和条件四确定为第二预设条件。It should be noted that there is no correlation between the first preset condition in case one and the second preset condition in case two. The first access network device may determine the corresponding two conditions as the first preset condition and the second preset condition, respectively. In one possible design, the condition 1 is determined as the first preset condition, and the condition is met. The third threshold is determined to be a second preset condition. The first threshold may be, for example, -60 dBm, and the third threshold may be, for example, -80 dBm. Alternatively, the first threshold and the third threshold may be the same value, for example, may be -80 dBm. In another possible design, the condition 2 is determined as the first preset condition, and the condition 4 is determined as the second preset condition, and the second threshold may be, for example, 60%, and the fourth threshold may be, for example, 80. %, or the second threshold and the fourth threshold may be the same value, for example, may be 80%; in yet another possible design, the condition 1 and the condition 2 are determined as the first preset condition, and the condition 3 and Condition 4 is determined as the second preset condition.
应理解,以上列举仅为的第一预设条件和第二预设条件的具体内容以及相应的阈值的具体取值仅为示例性说明,而不应对本申请构成任何限定,例如,也可以将条件一确定为第一预设条件,将条件三和条件四确定为第二预设条件。It should be understood that the specific contents of the first preset condition and the second preset condition and the specific values of the corresponding thresholds are merely exemplary, and should not be construed as limiting the present application. For example, The condition 1 is determined as the first preset condition, and the condition 3 and the condition 4 are determined as the second preset condition.
需要说明的是,若将条件一和条件二确定为第一预设条件,则第一类信号的接收功率在同时满足条件一和条件二的情况下被认为是满足第一预设条件,在仅满足条件一或条件二或者条件一和条件二均不满足的情况下被认为是不满足第一预设条件。与之对应地,若将条件三和条件四确定为第二预设条件,则第二类信号的接收功率在同时满足条件三和条 件四的情况下被认为是满足第二预设条件,在仅满足条件三或条件四或者条件三和条件四均不满足的情况下被认为是不满足第二预设条件。It should be noted that, if Condition 1 and Condition 2 are determined as the first preset condition, the received power of the first type of signal is considered to satisfy the first preset condition when both Condition 1 and Condition 2 are satisfied. It is considered that the first preset condition is not satisfied if only condition one or condition two is satisfied or both condition one and condition two are not satisfied. Correspondingly, if condition three and condition four are determined as the second preset condition, the received power of the second type of signal satisfies the condition three and the The case of the fourth item is considered to satisfy the second preset condition, and is considered to not satisfy the second preset condition if only the condition three or the condition four or the condition three and the condition four are not satisfied.
进一步地,第一接入网设备在确定了第一预设条件和第二预设条件之后,可以固定不变,也可以在某一段时间不作更新,并根据这一段时间内通信系统的性能,可以调整第一预设条件和/或第二预设条件。Further, after determining the first preset condition and the second preset condition, the first access network device may be fixed or may not be updated for a certain period of time, and according to the performance of the communication system during the period of time, The first preset condition and/or the second preset condition may be adjusted.
应理解,以上列举的第一阈值至第四阈值的取值仅为示例,而不应对本申请构成任何限定,本申请对第一阈值至第四阈值的具体取值并不做限定。还应理解,第一阈值与第二阈值之间、第三阈值与第四阈值之间、以及第一阈值、第二阈值与第三阈值、第四阈值之间都可以是无关联的,其具体的取值可以根据实际的需求来调整。It should be understood that the values of the first threshold to the fourth threshold are not limited, and the specific values of the first threshold to the fourth threshold are not limited. It should also be understood that between the first threshold and the second threshold, between the third threshold and the fourth threshold, and between the first threshold, the second threshold and the third threshold, and the fourth threshold may be uncorrelated. The specific value can be adjusted according to actual needs.
基于上述结合情况一和情况二描述的确定第一功率检测门限的方法,第一接入网设备在接收到第一类信号的情况下,也就是在接收到与待发送的信号(即,下行信号)具有相同传输方向的信号(即,下行信号)的情况下,由于同向信道侦听造成隐藏节点和暴露节点的概率低,可能对第一接入网设备带来的干扰较小,所以可以采用较高的功率检测门限,也就是该第一接入网设备发送信号的概率较高;在接收到第二类信号的情况下,也就是在接收到与待发送的信号具有相反传输方向的信号(即,上行信号)的情况下,由于异向信道侦听造成隐藏节点和暴露节点的概率稍高,可能对第一接入网设备带来的干扰较大,所以可以采用较低的功率检测门限,也就是该第一接入网设备发送信号的概率较低。Based on the foregoing method for determining the first power detection threshold described in the first case and the second case, the first access network device receives the signal of the first type, that is, receives the signal to be sent (ie, downlink). In the case of a signal having the same transmission direction (ie, a downlink signal), since the probability of the hidden node and the exposed node being low due to the same channel interception is low, the interference to the first access network device may be small, so A higher power detection threshold may be used, that is, the probability of the first access network device transmitting a signal is higher; in the case of receiving the second type of signal, that is, the opposite transmission direction is received when the received signal is to be transmitted. In the case of the signal (ie, the uplink signal), since the probability of the hidden node and the exposed node is slightly higher due to the isolating channel interception, the interference to the first access network device may be large, so a lower one may be adopted. The power detection threshold, that is, the probability that the first access network device transmits a signal is low.
换句话说,第一接入网设备对同向传输的信号的容忍度较高,或者说,同向传输的信号对该第一接入网设备发送的信号带来的干扰可能较小,因此,在接收到同向传输的信号而未接收到异向传输的信号的情况下,可以采用较高的功率检测门限;相反,第一接入网设备对异向传输的信号的容忍度较低,或者说,异向传输的信号对该第一接入网设备发送的信号带来的干扰可能较大,因此,在接收到异向传输的信号的情况下,可以采用较低的功率检测门限。In other words, the first access network device has higher tolerance to signals transmitted in the same direction, or the signals transmitted in the same direction may have less interference to the signals transmitted by the first access network device, so In the case that the signal transmitted in the same direction is received and the signal transmitted in the opposite direction is not received, a higher power detection threshold may be adopted; instead, the first access network device has a lower tolerance to the signal transmitted in the opposite direction. Or, the signal transmitted by the opposite direction may cause a large interference to the signal sent by the first access network device. Therefore, when receiving the signal transmitted in the opposite direction, a lower power detection threshold may be adopted. .
因此,本申请实施例通过根据信号类型以及结合接收功率来确定该第一功率检测门限,能够根据不同信号类型对信号接收质量的影响,调整功率检测门限,从而有利于提高信道侦听的准确性,有利于提高资源利用率和数据接收性能,有助于提高通信系统的性能;并且由第一接入网设备根据当前的情况确定相对于第一初始功率检测门限的偏移量,进而确定第一功率检测门限,可以考虑到设备间的功率检测门限的差异,所确定出的第一功率检测门限也更合理。Therefore, the embodiment of the present application determines the first power detection threshold according to the signal type and the combined receiving power, and can adjust the power detection threshold according to the influence of different signal types on the signal receiving quality, thereby facilitating the channel recording accuracy. Advantageously, improving resource utilization and data receiving performance, and improving performance of the communication system; and determining, by the first access network device, an offset from the first initial power detection threshold according to the current situation, thereby determining A power detection threshold can take into account the difference in power detection thresholds between devices, and the determined first power detection threshold is also more reasonable.
应理解,上述列举的情况一和情况二仅为第一接入网设备接收到的信号的两种可能的情况,而不应对本申请构成任何限定,同时,也不应对上述方法的适用场景构成限定,上述确定第一功率检测门限的方法同样适用于同时接收到第一类信号和第二类信号(即,下文所示的情况三)的场景。例如,若运营商仅关注某一个方向的信号的接收功率,比如仅关注同向传输的信号的接收功率或者异向传输的信号的接收功率,第一接入网设备仍然可以采用上述方法确定第一功率检测门限以便于进行空闲信道评估。It should be understood that Case 1 and Case 2 listed above are only two possible cases of signals received by the first access network device, and should not constitute any limitation on the present application, and should not constitute a suitable scenario of the above method. Preferably, the above method of determining the first power detection threshold is equally applicable to a scenario in which both the first type of signal and the second type of signal (ie, Case 3 shown below) are received. For example, if the operator only pays attention to the received power of the signal in a certain direction, for example, only the received power of the signal transmitted in the same direction or the received power of the signal transmitted in the opposite direction, the first access network device can still determine the first method by using the above method. A power detection threshold facilitates idle channel evaluation.
当然,在第一接入网设备同时接收到第一类信号和第二类信号的情况下,用于确定第一功率检测门限的方法并不仅限于上述列举,该第一接入网设备还可以综合考虑第一类信号和第二类信号的接收功率,确定第一功率检测门限。下面详细说明第一接入网设备在同时接收到第一类信号和第二类信号的情况下确定第一功率检测门限的具体方法。 Certainly, in a case where the first access network device receives the first type of signal and the second type of signal at the same time, the method for determining the first power detection threshold is not limited to the above enumeration, and the first access network device may also be The first power detection threshold is determined by considering the received power of the first type signal and the second type signal. The specific method for determining the first power detection threshold in the case where the first access network device receives the first type signal and the second type signal simultaneously is described in detail below.
情况三、Case 3,
如果该第一接入网设备同时接收到第一类信号和第二类信号,则该第一接入网设备可以直接选择一个较低的功率检测门限,例如,将第一功率检测门限确定为小于或等于第一初始功率检测门限的值。If the first access network device receives the first type of signal and the second type of signal at the same time, the first access network device may directly select a lower power detection threshold, for example, determine the first power detection threshold as A value less than or equal to the first initial power detection threshold.
该第一接入网设备也可以根据每一类信号的接收功率确定第一功率检测门限。The first access network device may also determine a first power detection threshold according to the received power of each type of signal.
可选地,步骤220具体包括:Optionally, step 220 specifically includes:
该第一接入网设备根据接收到的信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定第一功率检测门限。The first access network device determines a first power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
即,该第一接入网设备可以结合第一类信号的接收功率和第二类信号的接收功率来确定第一功率检测门限。That is, the first access network device can determine the first power detection threshold by combining the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal.
该第一接入网设备根据第一类信号的接收功率和第二类信号的接收功率确定第一功率检测门限的具体方式包括以下几种:The specific manner for the first access network device to determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal includes the following:
方式A:在第一类信号的接收功率满足第一预设条件且第二类信号的接收功率不满足第二预设条件的情况下,确定第一功率检测门限,该第一功率检测门限大于第一初始功率检测门限;Mode A: determining, when the received power of the first type of signal meets the first preset condition, and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition, where the first power detection threshold is greater than First initial power detection threshold;
方式B:在第二类信号的接收功率满足第二预设条件且第一类信号的接收功率不满足第一预设条件的情况下,确定第一功率检测门限,该第一功率检测门限小于第一初始功率检测门限;Mode B: determining, when the received power of the second type of signal meets the second preset condition, and the received power of the first type of signal does not meet the first preset condition, where the first power detection threshold is less than First initial power detection threshold;
方式C:在第一类信号的接收功率不满足第一预设条件且第二类信号的接收功率不满足第二预设条件的情况下,确定第一功率检测门限,该第一功率检测门限等于第一初始功率检测门限;Mode C: determining a first power detection threshold, where the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition, where the first power detection threshold is Equal to the first initial power detection threshold;
方式D:在第一类信号的接收功率满足第一预设条件且第二类信号的接收功率满足第二预设条件的情况下,确定第一功率检测门限,该第一功率检测门限小于或等于第一初始功率检测门限。Mode D: determining, when the received power of the first type of signal meets the first preset condition, and the received power of the second type of signal meets the second preset condition, where the first power detection threshold is less than or Equal to the first initial power detection threshold.
其中,第一预设条件可以为上文中列举的条件一,或条件二,或条件一和条件二的结合,第二预设条件可以为上文中列举的条件三,或条件四,或条件三和条件四的结合。但应理解,第一预设条件和第二预设条件并不仅限于上述列举,例如,第一预设条件还可以包括条件五:第一类信号的接收功率与第二类信号的接收功率的比值大于1,第二预设条件还可以包括条件六:第二类信号的接收功率与第一类信号的接收功率的比值大于或等于1,或者,第一预设条件还可以是条件五与上述列举的条件一、条件二中至少一项的组合,第二预设条件也可以是条件六与上述列举的条件三、条件四中至少一项的组合。The first preset condition may be Condition 1 or Condition 2 listed above, or a combination of Condition 1 and Condition 2, and the second preset condition may be Condition 3, or Condition 4, or Condition 3 listed above. And the combination of condition four. However, it should be understood that the first preset condition and the second preset condition are not limited to the above enumeration. For example, the first preset condition may further include condition five: the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal. The ratio of the second preset condition may further include the condition 6: the ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to 1, or the first preset condition may also be conditional five The combination of at least one of Condition 1 and Condition 2 listed above, and the second predetermined condition may also be a combination of Condition 6 and at least one of Condition 3 and Condition 4 listed above.
上述方式A至方式D列举了第一接入网设备接收到的第一类信号和第二类信号的接收功率可能满足的不同情况下确定第一功率检测门限的具体方法。The foregoing manners A to D illustrate specific methods for determining the first power detection threshold in different situations in which the received power of the first type of signals and the second type of signals received by the first access network device may be satisfied.
可选地,方式A进一步可包括以下步骤:Optionally, mode A may further include the following steps:
在第一类信号的接收功率满足第一预设条件且第二类信号的接收功率不满足第二预设条件的情况下,确定第三偏移量,该第三偏移量为正数;When the received power of the first type of signal satisfies the first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition, determining a third offset, the third offset being a positive number;
将第一初始功率检测门限与第三偏移量之和确定为第一功率检测门限。The sum of the first initial power detection threshold and the third offset is determined as a first power detection threshold.
假设该第三偏移量为ΔP3,则第一功率检测门限P1可以通过下式计算得到:P1=P1 0+ΔP3Assuming that the third offset is ΔP 3 , the first power detection threshold P 1 can be calculated by the following equation: P 1 = P 1 0 + ΔP 3 .
可选地,方式B进一步可包括以下步骤:Optionally, mode B may further include the following steps:
在第二类信号的接收功率满足第二预设条件且第一类信号的接收功率不满足第一预设条件的情况下,确定第四偏移量,该第四偏移量为正数;When the received power of the second type of signal satisfies the second preset condition and the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition, determining a fourth offset, the fourth offset being a positive number;
将第一初始功率检测门限与第四偏移量之差确定为第一功率检测门限。The difference between the first initial power detection threshold and the fourth offset is determined as a first power detection threshold.
假设该第四偏移量为ΔP4,则第一功率检测门限P1可以通过下式计算得到:P1=P1 0-ΔP4Assuming that the fourth offset is ΔP 4 , the first power detection threshold P 1 can be calculated by the following equation: P 1 = P 1 0 - ΔP 4 .
可选地,方式D进一步可包括以下步骤:Optionally, the mode D may further include the following steps:
在第一类信号的接收功率满足第一预设条件且第二类信号的接收功率满足第二预设条件的情况下,将第一初始功率检测门限确定为第一功率检测门限;或者When the received power of the first type of signal satisfies the first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal satisfies the second preset condition, determining the first initial power detection threshold as the first power detection threshold; or
确定第五偏移量,并将第一初始功率检测门限与该第五偏移量之差确定为第一功率检测门限,其中,该第五偏移量为正数。Determining a fifth offset, and determining a difference between the first initial power detection threshold and the fifth offset as a first power detection threshold, wherein the fifth offset is a positive number.
假设该第五偏移量为ΔP5,则第一功率检测门限P1可以通过下式计算得到:P1=P1 0-ΔP5Assuming that the fifth offset is ΔP 5 , the first power detection threshold P 1 can be calculated by the following equation: P 1 = P 1 0 - ΔP 5 .
应理解,上述第三偏移量至第五偏移量均可以通过上述方式a和方式b中的任意一种方式确定。在情况一中已经详细说明了这两种用于确定偏移量的具体实现方式,为了简洁,这里省略对该具体实现方式的详细说明。It should be understood that the above third offset to fifth offset may be determined by any one of the above manners a and b. The two specific implementations for determining the offset have been described in detail in Case 1. For the sake of brevity, a detailed description of the specific implementation is omitted herein.
还应理解,以上列举的第三至第五偏移量之间可以是无关联的,本申请对该三个偏移量的取值并不做限定,且该三个偏移量的取值可以完全不同、部分相同或者完全相同。It should also be understood that the third to fifth offsets listed above may be uncorrelated. The value of the three offsets is not limited in this application, and the values of the three offsets are not limited. Can be completely different, partially identical, or identical.
基于上述结合情况三确定第一功率检测门限的方法,第一接入网设备在接收到多类信号的情况下,仍然可以根据每一类信号的接收功率来确定第一功率检测门限,在接收到同向信号的接收功率占较大占比的情况下可以采用较高的功率检测门限,也就是第一接入网设备发送信号的概率较高;在接收到异向信号的接收功率占较大占比的情况下可以采用较低的功率检测门限,也就是该第一接入网设备发送信号的概率较低。The method for determining the first power detection threshold based on the foregoing combination case 3, the first access network device can still determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of each type of signal, and receive the multiple types of signals. When the received power of the same-direction signal accounts for a large proportion, a higher power detection threshold may be adopted, that is, the probability that the first access network device transmits a signal is higher; and the received power of the received anisotropic signal accounts for a greater proportion. In the case of a large ratio, a lower power detection threshold can be used, that is, the probability that the first access network device transmits a signal is low.
因此,通过根据信号类型以及结合接收功率来确定功率检测门限,能够根据不同信号类型对信号接收质量的影响,调整功率检测门限,从而有利于提高信道侦听的准确性,有利于提高资源利用率和数据接收性能,有助于提高通信系统的性能。并且,由第一接入网设备根据当前的情况确定相对于第一初始功率检测门限的偏移量,进而确定第一功率检测门限,可以考虑到设备间的功率检测门限的差异,所确定出的第一功率检测门限也更合理。Therefore, by determining the power detection threshold according to the signal type and the combined receiving power, the power detection threshold can be adjusted according to the influence of different signal types on the signal receiving quality, thereby improving the accuracy of channel sensing and improving resource utilization. And data reception performance helps to improve the performance of the communication system. And determining, by the first access network device, an offset from the first initial power detection threshold according to the current situation, and determining a first power detection threshold, which may be determined by considering a difference in power detection thresholds between devices. The first power detection threshold is also more reasonable.
应理解,上文中结合情况一至情况三详细说明了步骤220的具体过程,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。第一接入网设备接收到的信号也并不仅限于上述三种情况,例如,该第一接入网设备也有可能未接收到第一类信号和第二类信号,而仅接收到噪声信号,在这种情况下,该第一接入网设备可以直接将第一初始功率检测门限确定为第一功率检测门限。It should be understood that the specific process of step 220 is described in detail above in connection with case one to case three, but this should not constitute any limitation to the present application. The signal received by the first access network device is not limited to the foregoing three situations. For example, the first access network device may not receive the first type signal and the second type signal, but only receive the noise signal. In this case, the first access network device may directly determine the first initial power detection threshold as the first power detection threshold.
还应理解,上述实施例中,示出了第一接入网接收到的信号在不同的情况下第一功率检测门限与第一初始功率检测门限之间的大小关系,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请也并不排除在第一类信号满足第一预设条件且第二类信号不满足第二预设条件的情况下确定第一功率检测门限为小于第一初始功率检测门限的值的可能,也不排除在第二类信号满足第二预设条件且第一类信号不满足第一预设条件的情况下确定第一功率检测门限为大于第一初始功率检测门限的值的可能,也不排除在第一类信号不满足第一预设条件 且第二类信号不满足第二预设条件的情况下确定第一功率检测门限为大于或等于第一初始功率检测门限的值的可能。在以上列举的这些情况下,上述第三偏移量、第四偏移量、第五偏移量可以为负数。It should also be understood that, in the foregoing embodiment, the magnitude relationship between the first power detection threshold and the first initial power detection threshold in different situations of the signal received by the first access network is shown, but this application should not be applied to this application. Form any limit. The present application also does not exclude the possibility that the first power detection threshold is less than the value of the first initial power detection threshold when the first type of signal satisfies the first preset condition and the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition. And determining, in the case that the second type of signal satisfies the second preset condition and the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition, determining that the first power detection threshold is greater than a value of the first initial power detection threshold, Does not rule out that the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition And determining that the first power detection threshold is greater than or equal to a value of the first initial power detection threshold if the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition. In the above-described cases, the third offset, the fourth offset, and the fifth offset may be negative.
换句话说,本申请也并不排除在接收到同向信号的情况下采用较低的功率检测门限来进行空闲信道评估、在接收到异向信号的情况下采用较高的功率检测门限来进行空闲信道评估的可能。In other words, the present application does not exclude the use of a lower power detection threshold for idle channel estimation in the case of receiving an in-directional signal and a higher power detection threshold in the case of receiving an anisotropic signal. The possibility of idle channel evaluation.
上文中通过结合各种情况详细说明了通过方法一确定第一功率检测门限的具体方法。下面结合上述几种情况对方法二进行详细说明。The specific method of determining the first power detection threshold by the method 1 is described in detail above by combining various situations. The method 2 will be described in detail below in combination with the above several cases.
方法二、Method Two,
在方法二中,该通信系统可以预先定义(例如,协议定义)多个候选的功率检测门限,该第一接入网设备中预先配置有该多个候选的功率检测门限,然后根据接收到的信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率从该多个候选的功率检测门限中确定第一功率检测门限。因此,在方法二中,可以不预先确定上述第一初始功率检测门限。In the second method, the communication system may pre-define (eg, define a protocol) a plurality of candidate power detection thresholds, where the first access network device is pre-configured with the power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates, and then according to the received The signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal determine a first power detection threshold from the plurality of candidate power detection thresholds. Therefore, in the second method, the first initial power detection threshold may not be determined in advance.
例如,该多个候选的功率检测门限可以至少包括:第一候选功率检测门限、第二候选功率检测门限和第三候选功率检测门限,其中,第一候选功率检测门限大于第二候选功率检测门限,第二候选功率检测门限大于第三候选功率检测门限。For example, the power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates may include at least: a first candidate power detection threshold, a second candidate power detection threshold, and a third candidate power detection threshold, where the first candidate power detection threshold is greater than the second candidate power detection threshold The second candidate power detection threshold is greater than the third candidate power detection threshold.
情况一、Situation 1,
如果该第一接入网设备仅接收到来自其他接入网设备的下行信号(或者,下行信号和噪声信号),也就是第一类信号(或者,第一类信号和噪声信号),而未接收到来自终端设备的上行信号(也就是第二类信号),即,接收到的信号为同向信号,则该第一接入网设备可以从预先配置的多个候选的功率检测门限中确定第一功率检测门限。例如,可以将上述列举的第一候选功率检测门限确定为第一功率检测门限。If the first access network device only receives downlink signals (or downlink signals and noise signals) from other access network devices, that is, the first type of signals (or the first type of signals and noise signals), but not Receiving an uplink signal (that is, a second type of signal) from the terminal device, that is, the received signal is a non-directional signal, the first access network device may determine from a plurality of candidate power detection thresholds that are configured in advance. The first power detection threshold. For example, the first candidate power detection threshold listed above may be determined as the first power detection threshold.
进一步地,该第一接入网设备也可以在情况一下根据该第一类信号的接收功率,确定第一功率检测门限。Further, the first access network device may also determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal.
可选地,步骤220具体包括:Optionally, step 220 specifically includes:
该第一接入网设备根据接收到的信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定第一功率检测门限。The first access network device determines a first power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
即,第一接入网设备在接收到的信号满足情况一的时候,可以根据第一类信号的接收功率,确定第一功率检测门限。可选地,该第一接入网设备可以在第一类信号的接收功率满足第一预设条件的情况下,确定第一功率检测门限。例如,该第一接入网设备可以将上述列举的第一候选功率检测门限确定为第一功率检测门限。That is, the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal when the received signal satisfies the first condition. Optionally, the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold if the received power of the first type of signal meets the first preset condition. For example, the first access network device may determine the first candidate power detection threshold listed above as the first power detection threshold.
其中,第一预设条件可以包括以下至少一项:The first preset condition may include at least one of the following:
条件一、第一类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第一阈值;Condition 1. The received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset first threshold;
条件二、第一类信号的接收功率与总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第二阈值。Condition 2: The ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset second threshold.
应理解,方法二中的第一预设条件的具体内容与方法一的第一预设条件的具体内容可以是相同的。上文中已经对该第一预设条件的具体内容作了详细说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific content of the first preset condition in the second method may be the same as the specific content of the first preset condition of the first method. The specific content of the first preset condition has been described in detail above, and for brevity, it will not be described again here.
情况二、Case 2
如果该第一接入网设备仅接收到来自终端设备的上行信号(或者,上行信号和噪声信 号),而未接收到来自其他接入网设备的下行信号,即,接收到的信号为异向信号,则该第一接入网设备可以从预先配置的多个候选的功率检测门限中确定第一功率检测门限。例如,可以将上述列举的第三候选功率检测门限确定为第一功率检测门限。If the first access network device only receives an uplink signal (or an uplink signal and a noise signal) from the terminal device No.), but the downlink signal from other access network devices is not received, that is, the received signal is an anisotropic signal, the first access network device may determine from a plurality of candidate power detection thresholds that are pre-configured. The first power detection threshold. For example, the third candidate power detection threshold listed above may be determined as the first power detection threshold.
进一步地,该第一接入网设备也可以在情况一下根据该第一类信号的接收功率,确定第一功率检测门限。Further, the first access network device may also determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal.
可选地,步骤220具体包括:Optionally, step 220 specifically includes:
该第一接入网设备根据接收到的信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定第一功率检测门限。The first access network device determines a first power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
即,第一接入网设备在接收到的信号满足情况二的时候,可以根据第二类信号的接收功率,确定第一功率检测门限。例如,第一接入网设备可以在第二类信号的接收功率满足第二预设条件的情况下,确定第一功率检测门限。例如,该第一接入网设备可以将上述列举的第三候选功率检测门限确定为第一功率检测门限。That is, when the received signal satisfies Case 2, the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold according to the received power of the second type of signal. For example, the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold if the received power of the second type of signal satisfies the second preset condition. For example, the first access network device may determine the third candidate power detection threshold listed above as the first power detection threshold.
其中,第二预设条件可以包括以下至少一项:The second preset condition may include at least one of the following:
条件三、第二类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第三阈值;Condition 3: The received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset third threshold;
条件四、第二类信号的接收功率与总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第四阈值。Condition 4: The ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset fourth threshold.
应理解,方法二中的第二预设条件的具体内容与方法一的第二预设条件的具体内容可以是相同的。上文中已经对该第二预设条件的具体内容作了详细说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific content of the second preset condition in the second method may be the same as the specific content of the second preset condition of the first method. The specific content of the second preset condition has been described in detail above, and for brevity, it will not be described again here.
应理解,上述列举的情况一和情况二仅为第一接入网设备接收到的信号的两种可能的情况,而不应对本申请构成任何限定,同时,也不应对上述方法的适用场景构成限定,上述确定第一功率检测门限的方法同样适用于同时接收到第一类信号和第二类信号(即,下文所示的情况三)的场景。例如,若运营商仅关注某一个方向的信号的接收功率,比如仅关注同向传输的信号的接收功率或者异向传输的信号的接收功率,第一接入网设备仍然可以采用上述方法确定第一功率检测门限以便于进行空闲信道评估。It should be understood that Case 1 and Case 2 listed above are only two possible cases of signals received by the first access network device, and should not constitute any limitation on the present application, and should not constitute a suitable scenario of the above method. Preferably, the above method of determining the first power detection threshold is equally applicable to a scenario in which both the first type of signal and the second type of signal (ie, Case 3 shown below) are received. For example, if the operator only pays attention to the received power of the signal in a certain direction, for example, only the received power of the signal transmitted in the same direction or the received power of the signal transmitted in the opposite direction, the first access network device can still determine the first method by using the above method. A power detection threshold facilitates idle channel evaluation.
当然,在第一接入网设备同时接收到第一类信号和第二类信号的情况下,用于确定第一功率检测门限的方法并不仅限于上述列举,该第一接入网设备还可以综合考虑第一类信号和第二类信号的接收功率,确定第一功率检测门限。下面详细说明第一接入网设备在同时接收到第一类信号和第二类信号的情况下确定第一功率检测门限的具体方法。Certainly, in a case where the first access network device receives the first type of signal and the second type of signal at the same time, the method for determining the first power detection threshold is not limited to the above enumeration, and the first access network device may also be The first power detection threshold is determined by considering the received power of the first type signal and the second type signal. The specific method for determining the first power detection threshold in the case where the first access network device receives the first type signal and the second type signal simultaneously is described in detail below.
情况三、Case 3,
如果该第一接入网设备同时接收到第一类信号和第二类信号,则该第一接入网设备可以直接选择一个较低的功率检测门限,例如,将上述列举的多个候选的功率检测门限中的第三候选功率检测门限确定为第一功率检测门限。If the first access network device receives the first type of signal and the second type of signal at the same time, the first access network device may directly select a lower power detection threshold, for example, multiple candidates listed above. The third candidate power detection threshold in the power detection threshold is determined as a first power detection threshold.
该第一接入网设备也可以根据每一类信号的接收功率确定第一功率检测门限。The first access network device may also determine a first power detection threshold according to the received power of each type of signal.
可选地,步骤220具体包括:Optionally, step 220 specifically includes:
该第一接入网设备根据接收到的信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定第一功率检测门限。The first access network device determines a first power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
即,该第一接入网设备可以结合第一类信号的接收功率和第二类信号的接收功率来确定第一功率检测门限。That is, the first access network device can determine the first power detection threshold by combining the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal.
以上述列举的多个候选的功率检测门限为例,该第一接入网设备根据第一类信号的接 收功率和第二类信号的接收功率确定第一功率检测门限的具体方式包括以下几种:Taking the multiple candidate power detection thresholds listed above as an example, the first access network device is connected according to the first type of signals. The specific methods for determining the first power detection threshold by the received power and the received power of the second type of signal include the following:
方式E:在第一类信号的接收功率满足第一预设条件且第二类信号的接收功率不满足第二预设条件的情况下,将第一候选功率检测门限确定为该第一功率检测门限;Mode E: determining, in the case that the received power of the first type of signal meets the first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition, determining the first candidate power detection threshold as the first power detection Threshold
方式F:在第二类信号的接收功率满足第二预设条件且第一类信号的接收功率不满足第一预设条件的情况下,将第三候选功率检测门限确定为该第一功率检测门限;Mode F: determining, in the case that the received power of the second type of signal meets the second preset condition and the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition, determining the third candidate power detection threshold as the first power detection Threshold
方式G:在第一类信号的接收功率不满足第一预设条件且第二类信号的接收功率不满足第二预设条件的情况下,将第二候选功率检测门限确定为该第一功率检测门限;Mode G: determining, in the case that the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition, determining the second candidate power detection threshold as the first power Detection threshold
方式H:在第一类信号的接收功率满足第一预设条件且第二类信号的接收功率满足第二预设条件的情况下,将第二候选功率检测门限确定为该第一功率检测门限。Mode H: determining, in the case that the received power of the first type of signal meets the first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal meets the second preset condition, determining the second candidate power detection threshold as the first power detection threshold .
其中,第一预设条件可以为上文中列举的条件一,或条件二,或条件一和条件二的结合,第二预设条件可以为上文中列举的条件三,或条件四,或条件三和条件四的结合。但应理解,第一预设条件和第二预设条件并不仅限于上述列举,例如,第一预设条件还可以包括条件五:第一类信号的接收功率与第二类信号的接收功率的比值大于1,第二预设条件还可以包括条件六:第二类信号的接收功率与第一类信号的接收功率的比值大于或等于1,或者,第一预设条件还可以是条件五与上述列举的条件一、条件二中至少一项的组合,第二预设条件也可以是条件六与上述列举的条件三、条件四中至少一项的组合。The first preset condition may be Condition 1 or Condition 2 listed above, or a combination of Condition 1 and Condition 2, and the second preset condition may be Condition 3, or Condition 4, or Condition 3 listed above. And the combination of condition four. However, it should be understood that the first preset condition and the second preset condition are not limited to the above enumeration. For example, the first preset condition may further include condition five: the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal. The ratio of the second preset condition may further include the condition 6: the ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to 1, or the first preset condition may also be conditional five The combination of at least one of Condition 1 and Condition 2 listed above, and the second predetermined condition may also be a combination of Condition 6 and at least one of Condition 3 and Condition 4 listed above.
应理解,上述列举的多个候选的功率检测门限以及用于不同情况下的门限仅为便于理解而作出的示例性说明,而不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请对于该多个候选的功率检测门限的数量并不做限定,例如,候选的功率检测门限的数量可以为更多或者更少。第一接入网设备也可以基于上述提供的用于确定第一功率检测门限的方法,从更多或者更少的候选的功率检测门限中确定用于当前情况的检测门限作为第一功率检测门限。It should be understood that the multiple candidate power detection thresholds listed above and the thresholds for different situations are merely illustrative for ease of understanding and should not be construed as limiting the application. The application does not limit the number of power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates. For example, the number of candidate power detection thresholds may be more or less. The first access network device may also determine, according to the method for determining the first power detection threshold, the detection threshold for the current situation from the more or less candidate power detection thresholds as the first power detection threshold. .
因此,本申请实施例通过根据信号类型并结合接收功率来确定该第一功率检测门限,能够根据不同信号类型对信号接收质量的影响,调整功率检测门限,从而有利于提高信道侦听的准确性,有利于提高资源利用率和数据接收性能,有助于提高通信系统的性能;并且,通过从预先定义的多个候选的功率检测门限中确定第一功率检测门限,相对于方法一而言,实现过程更加简单方便,减小了第一接入网设备的计算量。Therefore, the embodiment of the present application determines the first power detection threshold according to the signal type and the received power, and can adjust the power detection threshold according to the influence of different signal types on the signal receiving quality, thereby facilitating the channel recording accuracy. , which is beneficial to improving resource utilization and data receiving performance, and helps to improve performance of the communication system; and, by determining a first power detection threshold from a plurality of predefined candidate power detection thresholds, with respect to method one, The implementation process is simpler and more convenient, and the calculation amount of the first access network device is reduced.
图3从设备交互的角度示出了本申请另一实施例提供的信道侦听的方法800的示意性流程图。具体地,图3示出的方法800可以应用于LAA-LTE系统中,且该方法800可以由处于该LAA-LTE系统中的接入网设备执行。在本实施例中,用于执行该方法800的接入网设备可以为接入网设备#1,在该接入网设备#1所覆盖的小区中可以分布有终端设备#1。若该接入网设备#1想给终端设备#1发送信号,则该接入网设备#1可以先进行空闲信道评估,再根据空闲信道评估结果发送信号。FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method 800 for channel sensing provided by another embodiment of the present application from the perspective of device interaction. In particular, the method 800 illustrated in FIG. 3 can be applied to a LAA-LTE system, and the method 800 can be performed by an access network device in the LAA-LTE system. In this embodiment, the access network device for performing the method 800 may be the access network device #1, and the terminal device #1 may be distributed in the cell covered by the access network device #1. If the access network device #1 wants to send a signal to the terminal device #1, the access network device #1 may first perform an idle channel evaluation, and then send a signal according to the idle channel evaluation result.
应理解,在本实施例中,接入网设备#1可对应于上文方法200中的第一接入网设备,接入网设备#2可对应于上文方法200中的第二接入网设备。It should be understood that, in this embodiment, the access network device #1 may correspond to the first access network device in the method 200 above, and the access network device #2 may correspond to the second access in the method 200 above. Network equipment.
如图3所示,该方法800可以包括步骤801至步骤806。下面对该方法800进行详细描述。As shown in FIG. 3, the method 800 can include steps 801 through 806. The method 800 is described in detail below.
在步骤801中,接入网设备#1在免许可频段资源上接收来自接入网设备#2的第一信号。In step 801, access network device #1 receives the first signal from access network device #2 on the unlicensed band resource.
在步骤802中,接入网设备#1在免许可频段资源上接收来自终端设备#2的第二信号。 In step 802, access network device #1 receives a second signal from terminal device #2 on the unlicensed band resource.
具体地,步骤801和步骤802可对应于方法200中的步骤210,上文中已经对步骤210的具体过程进行了详细说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, the step 801 and the step 802 may correspond to the step 210 in the method 200. The specific process of the step 210 has been described in detail above. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.
需要说明的是,接入网设备#1并不一定会同时接收到来自接入网设备#2的第一信号和来自终端设备#2的第而信号,也就是说,接入网设备#1可能仅执行步骤801和步骤802中的任意一个步骤。并且,图中仅为便于理解,示例性地画出了两个接入网设备和两个终端设备,事实上,该通信系统中可以包括其他数量的接入网设备和终端设备,接入网设备#1有可能接收到来自更多的接入网设备和来自更多的终端设备的信号。本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the access network device #1 does not necessarily receive the first signal from the access network device #2 and the first signal from the terminal device #2 at the same time, that is, the access network device #1 It is possible to perform only one of steps 801 and 802. Moreover, in the figure, for convenience of understanding, two access network devices and two terminal devices are exemplarily drawn. In fact, the communication system may include other numbers of access network devices and terminal devices, and the access network. It is possible for device #1 to receive signals from more access network devices and from more terminal devices. This application does not limit this.
在步骤803中,接入网设备#1确定接收到的信号的信号类型。In step 803, the access network device #1 determines the signal type of the received signal.
该接入网设备#1在接收到来自接入网设备#2和/或终端设备#2的信号时,可能并不知道接收到的信号的信号类型,但接入网设备#1可以根据公共信号确定接收到的信号的信号类型。具体地,步骤803可对应于方法200中的步骤230,上文中已经对步骤230的具体过程进行了详细说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。The access network device #1 may not know the signal type of the received signal when receiving the signal from the access network device #2 and/or the terminal device #2, but the access network device #1 may be public according to The signal determines the type of signal of the received signal. Specifically, the step 803 may correspond to the step 230 in the method 200. The specific process of the step 230 has been described in detail above. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
在步骤804中,接入网设备#1根据接收到的信号的信号类型,确定第一功率检测门限。具体地,步骤804可对应于方法200中的步骤220,上文中已经结合各种不同的情况和实现方式对步骤220的具体过程进行了详细说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。In step 804, the access network device #1 determines a first power detection threshold based on the signal type of the received signal. Specifically, the step 804 may correspond to the step 220 in the method 200. The specific process of the step 220 has been described in detail in conjunction with various different situations and implementation manners. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
在步骤805中,接入网设备#1根据第一功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估。In step 805, access network device #1 performs an idle channel assessment based on the first power detection threshold.
具体地,步骤805可对应于方法200中的步骤240,上文中已经对步骤240的具体过程进行了详细说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, the step 805 may correspond to the step 240 in the method 200. The specific process of the step 240 has been described in detail above. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
在步骤806中,接入网设备#1根据空闲信道评估结果发送第三信号。In step 806, the access network device #1 transmits a third signal based on the idle channel evaluation result.
具体地,接入网设备#1可以根据空闲信道评估结果,在信道空闲的情况下发送第三信号,在信道忙碌的情况下暂停发送。应理解,图中仅为示例画出了接入网设备#1向终端设备#1发送第三信号的过程,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。Specifically, the access network device #1 may transmit a third signal if the channel is idle according to the idle channel evaluation result, and suspend the transmission if the channel is busy. It should be understood that the process of transmitting the third signal to the terminal device #1 by the access network device #1 is only shown in the figure, but this should not constitute any limitation to the present application.
步骤806可对应于方法200中的步骤250,上文中已经对步骤250的具体过程进行了详细说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Step 806 may correspond to step 250 in the method 200. The specific process of the step 250 has been described in detail above. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.
应理解,方法800的具体实现过程与方法200的具体实现过程相似,为了简洁,这里不再对相应的内容作出详细说明。It should be understood that the specific implementation process of the method 800 is similar to the specific implementation process of the method 200. For the sake of brevity, the corresponding content will not be described in detail herein.
基于上述技术方案,该第一接入网设备可以根据接收到的信号的信号类型确定第一功率检测门限,由于考虑了不同的信号类型可能带来的干扰,使得第一功率检测门限的取值随接收到的信号的信号类型的不同而不同,相比于现有技术中采用固定的功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估而言,评估结果更准确,即提高了信道侦听的准确性,使得第一接入网设备发送信号的概率也随接收到的信号的信号类型的不同而不同,因此,有利于提高资源的利用率和数据接收性能,从而有助于提升通信系统的性能。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the first access network device may determine the first power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal, and the value of the first power detection threshold is determined by considering interference that may be caused by different signal types. Different from the signal type of the received signal, the evaluation result is more accurate than the prior art using the fixed power detection threshold for the idle channel estimation, that is, the channel sensing accuracy is improved, so that the The probability that an access network device sends a signal also varies with the signal type of the received signal. Therefore, it is beneficial to improve resource utilization and data reception performance, thereby contributing to improving the performance of the communication system.
图4示出了本申请又一实施例提供的信道侦听的方法300的示意性流程图。具体地,图4示出的方法300可以应用于LAA-LTE系统中,且该方法300可以由处于该LAA-LTE系统中的终端设备(为便于区分和说明,记作第一终端设备)执行。应理解,第一终端设备可以为LAA-LTE系统中的任意一个终端设备,例如,该第一终端设备可以为上述通信系统100中的终端设备121或终端设备124,也可以为图1所示的通信系统100中的终端设备122或终端设备123。 FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method 300 for channel sensing provided by another embodiment of the present application. Specifically, the method 300 illustrated in FIG. 4 may be applied to a LAA-LTE system, and the method 300 may be performed by a terminal device (referred to as a first terminal device for convenience of distinction and description) in the LAA-LTE system. . It should be understood that the first terminal device may be any terminal device in the LAA-LTE system, for example, the first terminal device may be the terminal device 121 or the terminal device 124 in the foregoing communication system 100, or may be as shown in FIG. The terminal device 122 or the terminal device 123 in the communication system 100.
假设该第一终端设备为图1所示通信系统100中的终端设备121,若该终端设备121想给接入网设备(例如接入网设备111)发送信号,则该终端设备121需要先进行空闲信道评估,再根据空闲信道评估结果发送信号。It is assumed that the first terminal device is the terminal device 121 in the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1. If the terminal device 121 wants to send a signal to the access network device (for example, the access network device 111), the terminal device 121 needs to perform the first The idle channel is evaluated, and then the signal is transmitted according to the idle channel evaluation result.
如图4所示,该方法300可以包括步骤310至步骤350。下面对该方法300进行详细描述。As shown in FIG. 4, the method 300 can include steps 310 through 350. The method 300 is described in detail below.
在步骤310中,该第一终端设备在免许可频段资源上接收信号。In step 310, the first terminal device receives a signal on the unlicensed band resource.
即,该第一终端设备可以在免许可频段资源上接收来自通信系统中的接入网设备和/或终端设备的信号。具体地说,该第一终端设备接收到的信号可以至少包括:来自至少一个接入网设备的第一类信号,来自除第一终端设备之外的至少一个终端设备(为便于区分和说明,记作第二终端设备)的第二类信号。换句话说,该第一终端设备可以接收到来自至少一个接入网设备的下行信号,和/或,来自至少一个其他终端设备的上行信号。此外,该第一终端设备还可能接收到噪声信号。That is, the first terminal device can receive signals from the access network device and/or the terminal device in the communication system on the unlicensed band resources. Specifically, the signal received by the first terminal device may include at least: a first type of signal from the at least one access network device, and at least one terminal device other than the first terminal device (for convenience of distinction and description, The second type of signal is recorded as the second terminal device. In other words, the first terminal device can receive downlink signals from at least one access network device, and/or uplink signals from at least one other terminal device. In addition, the first terminal device may also receive a noise signal.
也就是说,该第一终端设备在免许可频段资源上可能接收到第一类信号和噪声信号,也可能接收到第二类信号和噪声信号,还可能接收到第一类信号、第二类信号和噪声信号。That is, the first terminal device may receive the first type of signal and the noise signal on the unlicensed band resource, may also receive the second type of signal and the noise signal, and may also receive the first type of signal, and the second type. Signal and noise signals.
应理解,第一终端设备和第二终端设备是相对而言的,以图1所示通信系统100为例,若第一终端设备为终端设备121,则第二终端设备可能包括终端设备123、终端设备124,还可能包括终端设备122。若第一终端设备为终端设备124,则第二终端设备可能包括终端设备121、终端设备122,还可能包括终端设备123。It should be understood that the first terminal device and the second terminal device are relatively the same. The communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 is taken as an example. If the first terminal device is the terminal device 121, the second terminal device may include the terminal device 123. The terminal device 124 may also include a terminal device 122. If the first terminal device is the terminal device 124, the second terminal device may include the terminal device 121, the terminal device 122, and possibly the terminal device 123.
可以理解,虽然图1中未予以示出,该第二终端设备还可能包括其他终端设备。本申请对于接入网设备的数量以及第二终端设备的数量不做限定。It can be understood that although not shown in FIG. 1, the second terminal device may also include other terminal devices. The application does not limit the number of access network devices and the number of second terminal devices.
此外,该第一终端设备还有可能接收到来自异系统的信号。这里,异系统可以理解为不同于LAA-LTE的系统。例如,Wi-Fi系统。由于第一终端无法判断该信号为上行信号还是下行信号,为了保证信道侦听的准确性,可以将该来自异系统的信号确定为异向传输的信号。In addition, the first terminal device may also receive signals from different systems. Here, the heterogeneous system can be understood as a system different from LAA-LTE. For example, a Wi-Fi system. Since the first terminal cannot determine whether the signal is an uplink signal or a downlink signal, in order to ensure the accuracy of channel sensing, the signal from the different system may be determined as a signal transmitted in the opposite direction.
可选地,在本申请实施例中,第一类信号还包括来自异系统的信号。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the first type of signal further includes a signal from a different system.
应理解,将来自异系统的信号确定为异向信号仅为一种可能的实现方式,本申请也并不排除对来自异系统的信号做其他处理的可能,例如,忽略来自异系统的信号。并且,本申请也并不排除在未来的技术中第一终端设备能够确定来自异系统的信号为上行信号或下行信号的可能,在此情况下,该第一终端设备可以将来自异系统的下行信号确定为第一类信号,将来自异系统的上行信号确定为第二类信号。It should be understood that determining a signal from a different system as an anisotropic signal is only one possible implementation, and the present application does not preclude the possibility of other processing of signals from different systems, for example, ignoring signals from different systems. Moreover, the present application does not exclude the possibility that the first terminal device can determine that the signal from the different system is an uplink signal or a downlink signal in the future technology. In this case, the first terminal device can downlink from the different system. The signal is determined to be the first type of signal, and the upstream signal from the different system is determined to be the second type of signal.
在步骤320中,该第一终端设备根据接收到的信号的信号类型,确定第二功率检测门限。In step 320, the first terminal device determines a second power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal.
具体地,该第二功率检测门限可理解为用于确定信道是否空闲的参数。在本申请实施例中,该第一终端设备可以基于接收到的信号的信号类型,确定第二功率检测门限。换句话说,该第一终端设备可以根据接收到的信号的信号类型而调整该第二功率检测门限。Specifically, the second power detection threshold can be understood as a parameter for determining whether the channel is idle. In this embodiment of the present application, the first terminal device may determine a second power detection threshold based on a signal type of the received signal. In other words, the first terminal device can adjust the second power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal.
可选地,该方法300还包括:步骤330,第一终端设备根据接收到的公共信号,确定接收到的信号的信号类型。其中,公共信号包括以下至少一项:上行参考信号、下行参考信号、下行同步信号和同步信号块。Optionally, the method 300 further includes: Step 330: The first terminal device determines, according to the received common signal, a signal type of the received signal. The common signal includes at least one of the following: an uplink reference signal, a downlink reference signal, a downlink synchronization signal, and a synchronization signal block.
具体地,公共信号可以理解为在通信过程中必不可少的信号。作为示例而非限定,终 端设备可以周期性地发送同步信号,例如,PSS、SSS、SSB等。通信设备在发送数据信号之前,可以通过参考信号来进行信道测量,例如,下行CSI-RS、上行CSI-RS等。通信设备在发送数据信号的时候可以同时发送参考信号,例如,DMRS等。In particular, a common signal can be understood as a signal that is indispensable in the communication process. As an example and not a limitation, the end The end device can periodically transmit synchronization signals, such as PSS, SSS, SSB, and the like. The communication device may perform channel measurement by using a reference signal before transmitting the data signal, for example, a downlink CSI-RS, an uplink CSI-RS, and the like. The communication device can simultaneously transmit a reference signal when transmitting a data signal, for example, a DMRS or the like.
第一终端设备可以根据先验信息,例如,信号的序列特点、占用的时频资源或者发送周期等,以及接收到的公共信号,确定该接收到的公共信号是上行信号还是下行信号。一种可能的实现方式是,第一终端设备可以预先获取各种可能的公共信号的序列特点,基于各种序列特点进行盲检,在检测到与来自某一通信设备的公共信号相匹配的序列的时候,便可以确定根据与该公共信号相匹配的序列确定该公共信号为上行信号还是下行信号,进而可以确定接收到的来自同一通信设备的信号为上行信号还是下行信号,也就是可以确定接收到的信号是第一类信号还是第二类信号。The first terminal device may determine whether the received public signal is an uplink signal or a downlink signal according to a priori information, for example, a sequence characteristic of the signal, an occupied time-frequency resource or a transmission period, and the like, and the received public signal. A possible implementation manner is that the first terminal device can acquire sequence characteristics of various possible common signals in advance, perform blind detection based on various sequence characteristics, and detect a sequence matching the common signal from a certain communication device. When it is determined, it can be determined whether the common signal is an uplink signal or a downlink signal according to a sequence matching the common signal, and further, whether the received signal from the same communication device is an uplink signal or a downlink signal, that is, the reception can be determined. Whether the signal is the first type of signal or the second type of signal.
在本申请实施例中,该第一终端设备根据接收到的信号的信号类型确定第一功率检测门限的方法至少包括以下两种:In the embodiment of the present application, the method for determining, by the first terminal device, the first power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal includes at least the following two types:
方法一:该第一终端设备可以预先获取第二初始功率检测门限,然后根据接收到的信号的信号类型以及该第二初始功率检测门限,确定该第二功率检测门限。Method 1: The first terminal device may obtain a second initial power detection threshold in advance, and then determine the second power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal and the second initial power detection threshold.
方法二:该通信系统可以预先定义(例如,协议定义)多个功率检测门限,该第二接入网设备中预先获取该多个功率检测门限,然后根据接收到的信号的信号类型从该多个功率检测门限中确定该第二功率检测门限。Method 2: The communication system may pre-define (eg, define a protocol) a plurality of power detection thresholds, and the second access network device pre-acquires the multiple power detection thresholds, and then according to the signal type of the received signal The second power detection threshold is determined in the power detection thresholds.
后文中会结合具体的实施例详细说明步骤320在不同情况中的具体实现方式。Specific implementations of step 320 in different situations will be described in detail below in conjunction with specific embodiments.
在步骤340中,该第一终端设备根据第二功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估。In step 340, the first terminal device performs idle channel estimation according to the second power detection threshold.
具体地,该第一终端设备可以根据步骤310中所述的信号的总接收功率与第一功率检测门限的关系,确定信道当前处于忙碌还是空闲。例如,当信号的总接收功率大于或等于第二功率检测门限时,认为该信道当前处于忙碌状态;当信号的总接收功率小于该第二功率检测门限时,认为该信道当前处于空闲状态。Specifically, the first terminal device may determine whether the channel is currently busy or idle according to the relationship between the total received power of the signal and the first power detection threshold in step 310. For example, when the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to the second power detection threshold, the channel is considered to be in a busy state; when the total received power of the signal is less than the second power detection threshold, the channel is considered to be in an idle state.
可选地,在步骤340之后,该方法300还包括:步骤350,该第一终端设备根据空闲信道评估结果发送信号。Optionally, after step 340, the method 300 further includes: step 350, the first terminal device sends a signal according to the idle channel evaluation result.
具体地,该第一终端设备可以在确定信道忙碌的情况下暂停发送信号,并且可选地,该第一终端设备可以待到检测到该信道空闲的情况下,再恢复信号发送;该第一终端设备也可以在确定信道空闲的情况下使用该信道发送信号。Specifically, the first terminal device may suspend sending a signal if it is determined that the channel is busy, and optionally, the first terminal device may resume signal transmission until the channel is detected to be idle; the first The terminal device can also use the channel to transmit a signal if it is determined that the channel is idle.
应理解,第一终端设备在确定了空闲信道评估结果之后所执行的步骤可以与现有技术相同,为了简洁,这里省略对其具体内容的详细说明。It should be understood that the steps performed by the first terminal device after determining the idle channel evaluation result may be the same as the prior art, and a detailed description of the specific content thereof is omitted herein for the sake of brevity.
基于上述技术方案,该第一终端设备可以根据接收到的信号的信号类型,确定第二功率检测门限,由于考虑了的不同的信号类型可能带来的干扰,使得第二功率检测门限的取值随接收到的信号的信号类型的不同而不同,相比于现有技术中采用固定的功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估而言,评估结果更准确,即提高了信道侦听的准确性,使得第一终端设备发送信号的概率也随接收到的信号的信号类型的不同而不同,因此,有利于提高资源的利用率数据接收性能,从而有助于提升通信系统的性能。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal, and the value of the second power detection threshold is determined due to interference that may be caused by different signal types considered. Different from the signal type of the received signal, the evaluation result is more accurate than the prior art using the fixed power detection threshold for the idle channel estimation, that is, the channel sensing accuracy is improved, so that the The probability that a terminal device transmits a signal also varies with the signal type of the received signal. Therefore, it is advantageous to improve the data utilization performance of resource utilization, thereby contributing to improving the performance of the communication system.
进一步地,根据前面分析内容所述,对于第一终端设备而言,如果接收到的信号主要来自于其他终端设备,即,同向信号,第一终端设备主要进行同向信道侦听。由于同向信道侦听造成隐藏节点和暴露节点的概率低,所以,同向信道侦听下第一终端设备受到的干 扰小,从而可以进一步的提高能量检测门限,进而提高接入无线信道的概率。相反地,如果第一终端设备接收到的信号主要是来自于终端设备,即异向信号,第一终端设备主要进行异向信道侦听。由于异向信道侦听造成隐藏节点和暴露节点的概率稍高,所以,异向信道侦听下第一终端设备可能受到的干扰较大,从而可以进一步的降低能量检测门限,从而降低所述网络设备的干扰。Further, according to the foregoing analysis content, for the first terminal device, if the received signal mainly comes from other terminal devices, that is, the same direction signal, the first terminal device mainly performs the same channel interception. Since the probability of the hidden node and the exposed node is low due to the same channel interception, the first terminal device is interfered by the same channel listening. The interference is small, so that the energy detection threshold can be further improved, thereby increasing the probability of accessing the wireless channel. Conversely, if the signal received by the first terminal device is mainly from the terminal device, that is, the outbound signal, the first terminal device mainly performs the anisotropic channel sensing. Since the probability of the hidden node and the exposed node is slightly higher due to the heterogeneous channel interception, the first terminal device may be subjected to greater interference when the heterogeneous channel is intercepted, thereby further reducing the energy detection threshold, thereby reducing the network. Equipment interference.
下面结合具体的实施例详细说明上述方法一和方法二。The above method 1 and method 2 will be described in detail below with reference to specific embodiments.
方法一、method one,
在方法一中,可选地,该方法300还包括:该第一终端设备获取第二初始功率检测门限。In the method 1, the method 300 further includes: the first terminal device acquiring a second initial power detection threshold.
具体地,该第二初始功率检测门限可以是预先定义的,例如,协议定义,也可以是由该第一终端设备确定,该可以是由接入网设备确定并指示给第一终端设备的。Specifically, the second initial power detection threshold may be predefined, for example, a protocol definition, or may be determined by the first terminal device, and may be determined by the access network device and indicated to the first terminal device.
可选地,该第一终端设备获取第二初始功率检测门限,具体包括:Optionally, the acquiring, by the first terminal device, the second initial power detection threshold includes:
该第一终端设备根据发送功率信息和载波带宽信息,确定第二初始功率检测门限。The first terminal device determines a second initial power detection threshold according to the transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth information.
其中,该发送功率信息包括:该第一终端设备在免许可频段资源上的实际发送功率(或者称,发射功率、输出功率)或最大发送功率,该载波带宽信息包括:该第一终端设备在免许可频段资源上的实际发送带宽或最大发送带宽。The transmit power information includes: actual transmit power (or transmit power, output power) or maximum transmit power of the first terminal device on the unlicensed band resource, where the carrier bandwidth information includes: the first terminal device is Actual transmit bandwidth or maximum transmit bandwidth on unlicensed band resources.
应理解,方法300中的发送功率信息与载波带宽信息的具体内容与方法200中的发送功率信息和载波带宽的具体内容相似,在上文中已经结合方法200中详细说明了发送功率信息和载波带宽信息,为了简洁,这里省略对其具体内容的详细说明。It should be understood that the specific content of the transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth information in the method 300 is similar to the specific content of the transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth in the method 200. The transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth have been described in detail in the method 200 above. For the sake of brevity, a detailed description of the specific contents thereof is omitted here.
可以理解的是,对于不同的发送端设备而言,其实际发送功率、最大发送功率、实际发送带宽、最大发送带宽中的任一项都可能是相同或者不同的,本申请对此不做限定。It can be understood that any one of the actual transmit power, the maximum transmit power, the actual transmit bandwidth, and the maximum transmit bandwidth may be the same or different for different sender devices, which is not limited in this application. .
还应理解,方法300中第一终端设备根据发送功率信息和载波带宽信息确定第二初始功率检测门限的具体方法与方法200中第一接入网设备根据发送功率信息和载波带宽信息确定第一初始功率检测门限的具体方法相似,为了简洁,这里省略对其具体内容的详细说明。It should also be understood that the specific method and method for determining, by the first terminal device, the second initial power detection threshold according to the transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth information in the method 300, the first access network device determines the first according to the transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth information. The specific method of the initial power detection threshold is similar, and a detailed description of the specific content thereof is omitted here for the sake of brevity.
可以理解的是,第二初始功率检测门限与第一初始功率检测门限可以是无关联的,第二初始功率检测门限的取值与第一初始功率检测门限的取值可以相同或不同,本申请对此不做限定。It can be understood that the second initial power detection threshold and the first initial power detection threshold may be uncorrelated, and the value of the second initial power detection threshold may be the same as or different from the value of the first initial power detection threshold. There is no limit to this.
可选地,该第一终端设备获取第二初始功率检测门限,具体包括:Optionally, the acquiring, by the first terminal device, the second initial power detection threshold includes:
该第一终端设备接收来自接入网设备的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示第二初始功率检测门限。The first terminal device receives first indication information from the access network device, where the first indication information indicates a second initial power detection threshold.
也就是说,该第二初始功率检测门限也可以是由接入网设备确定并指示给第一终端设备的,接入网设备也可以按照上述列举的方法或者其他方法来确定第二初始功率检测门限,本申请对此不做限定。That is, the second initial power detection threshold may also be determined by the access network device and indicated to the first terminal device, and the access network device may also determine the second initial power detection according to the foregoing enumerated method or other methods. Threshold, this application does not limit this.
在确定了第而初始功率检测门限之后,该第一终端设备就可以根据接收到的信号的信号类型确定第二功率检测门限。下面,结合具体的实施例详细说明步骤320在不同情况中的具体实现方式。After determining the first initial power detection threshold, the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal. The specific implementation of step 320 in different situations is described in detail below in conjunction with specific embodiments.
具体地,该第一终端设备接收到的信号的信号类型至少可以包括以下三种情况中的任一种: Specifically, the signal type of the signal received by the first terminal device may include at least one of the following three situations:
情况一:该第一终端设备仅接收到第一类信号,或者,该第一终端设备仅接收到第一类信号和噪声信号;Case 1: the first terminal device only receives the first type of signal, or the first terminal device only receives the first type of signal and the noise signal;
情况二:该第一终端设备仅接收到第二类信号,或者,该第一终端设备仅接收到第二类信号和噪声信号;Case 2: the first terminal device only receives the second type of signal, or the first terminal device only receives the second type of signal and the noise signal;
情况三:该第一终端设备接收到第一类信号和第二类信号,或者,该第一终端设备接收到第一类信号、第二类信号和噪声信号。Case 3: The first terminal device receives the first type signal and the second type signal, or the first terminal device receives the first type signal, the second type signal and the noise signal.
下面结合上述列举的三种情况详细说明步骤320。Step 320 will be described in detail below in conjunction with the three cases listed above.
情况一、Situation 1,
如果该第一终端设备仅接收到来自接入网为何不的下行信号(或者,下行信号和噪声信号),而未接收到来自其他终端设备的上行信号,可以直接确定第二功率检测门限,该第二功率检测门限小于该第二初始功率检测门限。If the first terminal device only receives the downlink signal (or the downlink signal and the noise signal) from the access network, and does not receive the uplink signal from the other terminal device, the second power detection threshold may be directly determined. The second power detection threshold is less than the second initial power detection threshold.
进一步地,该第一终端设备也可以在情况一下根据该第一类信号的接收功率确定第二功率检测门限。Further, the first terminal device may also determine a second power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal.
可选地,步骤320具体包括:Optionally, step 320 specifically includes:
该第一终端设备根据接收到的信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定第二功率检测门限。The first terminal device determines a second power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
即,第一终端设备在接收到的信号满足情况一的时候,可以根据第一类信号的接收功率,确定第二功率检测门限。可选地,该第一终端设备可以在第一类信号的接收功率满足第三预设条件的情况下,确定第二功率检测门限,该第二功率检测门限小于第二初始功率检测门限,或者说,预设的功率检测门限被降低。That is, when the received signal satisfies the first condition, the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal. Optionally, the first terminal device may determine a second power detection threshold when the received power of the first type of signal meets a third preset condition, where the second power detection threshold is smaller than a second initial power detection threshold, or Said that the preset power detection threshold is reduced.
其中,第三预设条件可以包括以下至少一项:The third preset condition may include at least one of the following:
条件七、第一类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第五阈值;Condition 7, the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset fifth threshold;
条件八:第一类信号的接收功率与总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第六阈值。Condition 8: The ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset sixth threshold.
其中,总接收功率为第一终端设备接收信号的总功率。在情况一中,该第一终端设备接收到的信号可以包括来自接入网设备的第一类信号,或者,第一类信号和噪声信号。因此,在情况一中,总接收功率为该第一终端设备接收到第一类信号的总功率,或,该第一终端设备接收到第一类信号和噪声信号的总功率。The total received power is the total power of the signal received by the first terminal device. In case 1, the signal received by the first terminal device may include a first type of signal from the access network device, or a first type of signal and a noise signal. Therefore, in case 1, the total received power is the total power of the first terminal device received by the first terminal device, or the first terminal device receives the total power of the first type of signal and the noise signal.
该第一终端设备可以预先确定第三预设条件,例如,在第一类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第五阈值的情况下,认为满足第三预设条件,确定第二功率检测门限小于第二初始功率检测门限;或者,在第一类信号的接收功率与总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第六阈值的情况下,认为满足第三预设条件,确定第二功率检测门限小于第二初始功率检测门限;或者,在第一类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第五阈值且第一类信号的接收功率与总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第六阈值的情况下,认为满足第三预设条件,确定第二功率检测门限小于第二初始功率检测门限。相对应地,若第一类信号的接收功率不满足第一预设条件,则直接将该第二初始功率检测门限确定为该第二功率检测门限,也就是说,预设的功率检测门限可以不作调整。The first terminal device may determine a third preset condition in advance, for example, if the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset fifth threshold, determining that the third preset condition is met, determining the second power detection The threshold is smaller than the second initial power detection threshold; or, if the ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset sixth threshold, it is considered that the third preset condition is met, and the second power is determined. The detection threshold is smaller than the second initial power detection threshold; or, the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset fifth threshold, and the ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset number In the case of the six thresholds, it is considered that the third preset condition is met, and it is determined that the second power detection threshold is smaller than the second initial power detection threshold. Correspondingly, if the received power of the first type of signal does not meet the first preset condition, the second initial power detection threshold is directly determined as the second power detection threshold, that is, the preset power detection threshold may be No adjustments are made.
在实现过程中,第一终端设备可以预先确定好第三预设条件为上述列举的至少一项,在接收到的信号满足情况一的时候,直接根据该第一类信号的接收功率是否满足第三预设条件,确定第二功率检测门限。 In the implementation process, the first terminal device may determine that the third preset condition is at least one of the foregoing enumerated items, and when the received signal satisfies the situation one, directly according to whether the received power of the first type signal satisfies the first The third preset condition determines a second power detection threshold.
可选地,该第一终端设备根据接收到的信号的类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定第二功率检测门限,进一步包括:Optionally, the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the type of the received signal and the received power of each type of signal, and further includes:
该第一终端设备在第一类信号满足第三预设条件的情况下,确定第六偏移量,该第六偏移量为正数;The first terminal device determines a sixth offset when the first type of signal satisfies a third preset condition, where the sixth offset is a positive number;
该第一终端设备将第二初始功率检测门限与第六偏移量之差确定为第二功率检测门限。The first terminal device determines a difference between the second initial power detection threshold and the sixth offset as a second power detection threshold.
具体地,该第六偏移量可以通过以下至少一种方式确定:Specifically, the sixth offset may be determined by at least one of the following methods:
方式a:该第六偏移量为预先定义的,例如,协议定义;Mode a: the sixth offset is predefined, for example, a protocol definition;
方式b、该第一终端设备从预设的多个偏移量中确定;Method b, the first terminal device is determined from a preset multiple offsets;
方式c、该第一终端设备接收来自接入网设备的指示而确定。The mode c is determined by the first terminal device receiving an indication from the access network device.
其中,方式a和方式b的具体过程与上文中结合方法200描述的方式a和方式b的具体过程可以是相同的,为了简洁,这里省略对该具体过程的详细说明。The specific process of mode a and mode b may be the same as the specific process of mode a and mode b described above in connection with method 200. For the sake of brevity, a detailed description of the specific process is omitted herein.
在方式c中,可选地,该方法300还包括:该第一终端设备接收来自接入网设备的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示第六偏移量。In the method c, optionally, the method 300 further includes: the first terminal device receiving second indication information from the access network device, where the second indication information indicates a sixth offset.
例如,该第一接入网设备可以根据该第一终端设备当前接收到的信号(具体地,该第一终端设备接收到的主要信号类型的信号)的接收功率、某一时间段内的干扰波动水平得到第二功率检测门限的值,将该第二功率检测门限减去第而初始功率检测门限可得到偏移量。其中,主要信号类型可以理解为上述两类信号中接收功率占比较大的那一类信号。For example, the first access network device may receive the power according to the signal currently received by the first terminal device (specifically, the signal of the main signal type received by the first terminal device), and the interference in a certain period of time. The fluctuation level obtains a value of the second power detection threshold, and the second power detection threshold is subtracted from the first initial power detection threshold to obtain an offset. Among them, the main signal type can be understood as the type of signal in which the received power accounts for a relatively large amount in the above two types of signals.
假设该第六偏移量为ΔP6,第二初始功率检测门限为
Figure PCTCN2017104513-appb-000003
第一功率检测门限为P2,则第一功率检测门限P2可以通过下式计算得到:
Figure PCTCN2017104513-appb-000004
Assuming that the sixth offset is ΔP 6 and the second initial power detection threshold is
Figure PCTCN2017104513-appb-000003
The first power detection threshold is P 2 , and the first power detection threshold P 2 can be calculated by:
Figure PCTCN2017104513-appb-000004
应理解,在上述实施例中,示出了第一终端设备在接收到的信号满足情况一的时候,将第二功率检测门限确定为小于第二初始功率门限的值,以便该第一终端设备更准确地进行空闲信道评估,但这不应对本申请构成限定。本申请也并不排除第一终端设备在接收到的信号满足情况一的时候,将第二功率检测门限确定为大于第二初始功率检测门限的值的可能,在此情况下,仍然可以根据
Figure PCTCN2017104513-appb-000005
确定第一功率检测门限,所不同的是,该第六偏移量ΔP6为负数。
It should be understood that, in the foregoing embodiment, when the received signal satisfies the first condition, the first terminal device determines that the second power detection threshold is less than a value of the second initial power threshold, so that the first terminal device The idle channel evaluation is performed more accurately, but this should not be construed as limiting the application. The present application also does not exclude the possibility that the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold to be greater than the value of the second initial power detection threshold when the received signal satisfies the condition one. In this case,
Figure PCTCN2017104513-appb-000005
The first power detection threshold is determined, except that the sixth offset ΔP 6 is a negative number.
情况二、Case 2
如果第一终端设备仅接收到来自其他终端设备的上行信号(或者,上行信号和噪声信号),而未接收到接入网设备的下行信号,可以直接确定该第二功率检测门限,该第二功率检测门限大于该第二初始功率检测门限。If the first terminal device only receives the uplink signal (or the uplink signal and the noise signal) from the other terminal device, but does not receive the downlink signal of the access network device, the second power detection threshold may be directly determined, the second The power detection threshold is greater than the second initial power detection threshold.
进一步地,该第一终端设备也可以在情况二下根据第二类信号的接收功率确定第二功率检测门限。Further, the first terminal device may also determine the second power detection threshold according to the received power of the second type of signal in case 2.
可选地,步骤320具体包括:Optionally, step 320 specifically includes:
该第一终端设备根据接收到的信号的类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定第二功率检测门限。The first terminal device determines a second power detection threshold according to the type of the received signal and the received power of each type of signal.
即,第一终端设备在接收到的信号满足情况二的时候,可以根据第二类信号的接收功率,确定第二功率检测门限。例如,第一终端设备可以在第二类信号的接收功率满足第四预设条件的情况下,确定第二功率检测门限大于第二初始功率检测门限,或者说,预设的功率检测门限被提高。 That is, when the received signal satisfies Case 2, the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold according to the received power of the second type of signal. For example, the first terminal device may determine that the second power detection threshold is greater than the second initial power detection threshold, or the preset power detection threshold is improved, if the received power of the second type of signal meets the fourth preset condition. .
其中,第四预设条件可以包括以下至少一项:The fourth preset condition may include at least one of the following:
条件九、第二类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第七阈值;Condition 9, the received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset seventh threshold;
条件十、第二类信号的接收功率与总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第八阈值。Condition 10: The ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset eighth threshold.
在情况二中,该第一终端设备接收到的信号可以包括来自其他终端设备的第二类信号,或者,第二类信号和噪声信号。因此,在情况二中,总接收功率为该第一终端设备接收到第二类信号的总功率,或该第一终端设备接收到第二类信号和噪声信号的总功率。In case two, the signal received by the first terminal device may include a second type of signal from other terminal devices, or a second type of signal and a noise signal. Therefore, in case 2, the total received power is the total power of the first terminal device receiving the second type of signal, or the first terminal device receives the total power of the second type of signal and the noise signal.
第一终端设备可以预先确定第四预设条件,例如,在第二类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第七阈值的情况下,认为满足第四预设条件,确定第二功率检测门限大于第二初始功率检测门限;或者,在第二类信号的接收功率与总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第八阈值的情况下,认为满足第四预设条件,确定第二功率检测门限大于第二初始功率检测门限;或者,在第二类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第七阈值且第二类信号的接收功率与总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第八阈值的情况下,认为满足第四预设条件,确定第二功率检测门限大于第二初始功率检测门限;相对应地,若第二类信号的接收功率不满足第四预设条件,则直接将该第二初始功率检测门限确定为该第二功率检测门限,也就是说,预设的功率检测门限可以不作调整。The first terminal device may determine a fourth preset condition in advance, for example, if the received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset seventh threshold, determining that the fourth preset condition is met, and determining the second power detection threshold If the ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to the preset eighth threshold, the second predetermined condition is determined to be determined, and the second power detection is determined. The threshold is greater than the second initial power detection threshold; or, the received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset seventh threshold, and the ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to the preset eighth In the case of the threshold, it is determined that the fourth preset condition is met, and the second power detection threshold is determined to be greater than the second initial power detection threshold; correspondingly, if the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition, The second initial power detection threshold is determined as the second power detection threshold, that is, the preset power detection threshold may not be adjusted.
在实现过程中,第一终端设备可以预先确定好第四预设条件为上述列举的至少一项,在接收到的信号满足情况二的时候,直接根据该第二类信号的接收功率满足第四预设条件,确定第二功率检测门限。In the implementation process, the first terminal device may determine that the fourth preset condition is at least one of the foregoing enumerated items, and when the received signal satisfies the second case, directly meet the fourth according to the received power of the second type of signal. A preset condition determines a second power detection threshold.
可选地,该第一终端设备根据接收到的信号的类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定第二功率检测门限,进一步包括:Optionally, the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the type of the received signal and the received power of each type of signal, and further includes:
该第一终端备在第二类信号满足第四预设条件的情况下,确定第七偏移量,该第七偏移量为正数;The first terminal is configured to determine a seventh offset when the second type of signal satisfies the fourth preset condition, where the seventh offset is a positive number;
该第一终端设备将第二初始功率检测门限与第七偏移量之和确定为第二功率检测门限。The first terminal device determines a sum of the second initial power detection threshold and the seventh offset as the second power detection threshold.
具体地,该第七偏移量也可以通过上述方式a至方式c中的任意一种方式确定。Specifically, the seventh offset may also be determined by any one of the foregoing manners a to c.
应理解,上文中已经结合方法200详细说明了通过方式a和方式b确定偏移量的具体实现方式,并结合方法300在情况一中已经详细说明了通过方式c确定偏移量的具体实现方式,为了简洁,这里省略对该具体实现方式的详细说明。It should be understood that the specific implementation manner of determining the offset by mode a and mode b has been described in detail above in connection with method 200, and the specific implementation manner of determining the offset by mode c has been described in detail in conjunction with method 300. For the sake of brevity, a detailed description of this specific implementation is omitted here.
还应理解,在情况一中确定的第六偏移量和情况二中确定的第七偏移量可以是无关联的,该两个偏移量都可以是预设的,也可以是第一终端设备计算得到的,且本申请对该两个偏移量的取值并不做限定,第六偏移量的取值与第七偏移量的取值可以相同或不同。It should also be understood that the sixth offset determined in case one and the seventh offset determined in case two may be uncorrelated, and the two offsets may be preset or first. The value calculated by the terminal device is not limited, and the value of the sixth offset may be the same as or different from the value of the seventh offset.
需要说明的是,情况一中的第三预设条件和情况一中的第四预设条件之间是没有关联的。第一终端设备可以将相对应的两个条件分别确定为第三预设条件和第四预设条件,在一种可能的设计中,将条件七确定为第三预设条件,将条件九确定为第四预设条件,该第五阈值例如可以为-80dBm,该第七阈值例如可以为-60dBm,或者,该第五阈值和第七阈值可以为相同取值,例如可以为-80dBm;在另一种可能的设计中,将条件八确定为第三预设条件,将条件十确定为第四预设条件,该第六阈值例如可以为80%,该第八阈值例如可以为60%,或者,该二阈值和第八阈值可以为相同取值,例如可以为80%;在又一种可能的设计中,将条件七和条件八确定为第三预设条件,将条件九和条件十确定为第四预设 条件。It should be noted that there is no correlation between the third preset condition in case one and the fourth preset condition in case one. The first terminal device may determine the corresponding two conditions as the third preset condition and the fourth preset condition, respectively. In one possible design, the condition 7 is determined as the third preset condition, and the condition 9 is determined. For a fourth preset condition, the fifth threshold may be, for example, -80 dBm, and the seventh threshold may be, for example, -60 dBm, or the fifth threshold and the seventh threshold may be the same value, for example, may be -80 dBm; In another possible design, condition 8 is determined as a third preset condition, and condition 10 is determined as a fourth preset condition, and the sixth threshold may be, for example, 80%, and the eighth threshold may be, for example, 60%. Alternatively, the two thresholds and the eighth threshold may be the same value, for example, may be 80%; in yet another possible design, the condition seven and the condition eight are determined as the third preset condition, and the condition nine and the tenth condition are Determined as the fourth preset condition.
应理解,以上列举仅为的第三预设条件和第四预设条件的具体内容以及相应的阈值的具体取值仅为示例性说明,而不应对本申请构成任何限定,例如,也可以将条件七确定为第三预设条件,将条件九和条件十确定为第四预设条件。It should be understood that the specific contents of the third preset condition and the fourth preset condition and the specific values of the corresponding thresholds are merely exemplary descriptions, and should not be construed as limiting the present application. For example, The condition seven is determined as the third preset condition, and the condition nine and the tenth condition are determined as the fourth preset condition.
需要说明的是,若将条件七和条件八确定为第三预设条件,则第一类信号的接收功率在同时满足条件七和条件八的情况下被认为是满足第三预设条件,在仅满足条件七或条件八或者条件七和条件八均不满足的情况下被认为是不满足第三预设条件。与之对应地,若将条件九和条件十确定为第四预设条件,则第二类信号的接收功率在同时满足条件九和条件十的情况下被认为是满足第四预设条件,在仅满足条件九或条件十或者条件九和条件十均不满足的情况下被认为是不满足第四预设条件。It should be noted that, if condition 7 and condition 8 are determined as the third preset condition, the received power of the first type of signal is considered to satisfy the third preset condition when both the condition 7 and the condition 8 are satisfied. It is considered that the third predetermined condition is not satisfied if only the condition seven or the condition eight or the condition seven and the condition eight are not satisfied. Correspondingly, if condition 9 and condition 10 are determined as the fourth preset condition, the received power of the second type of signal is considered to satisfy the fourth preset condition when both the condition 9 and the condition 10 are satisfied. It is considered that the fourth preset condition is not satisfied if only condition 9 or condition 10 or condition 9 and condition 10 are not satisfied.
进一步地,第一终端设备在确定了第三预设条件和第四预设条件之后,可以固定不变,也可以在某一段时间不作更新,并根据这一段时间内通信系统的性能调整第三预设条件和/或第四预设条件。Further, after determining the third preset condition and the fourth preset condition, the first terminal device may be fixed, may not be updated for a certain period of time, and adjust the third according to the performance of the communication system during the period of time. Preset conditions and / or fourth preset conditions.
应理解,以上列举的第五阈值至第八阈值的取值仅为示例,而不应对本申请构成任何限定,本申请对第五阈值至第八阈值的具体取值并不做限定。还应理解,第五阈值与第六阈值之间、第七阈值与第八阈值之间,以及第五阈值、第六阈值与第七阈值、第八阈值之间都可以是无关联的,其具体的取值可以根据实际的需求来调整。It should be understood that the values of the fifth threshold to the eighth threshold are not limited, and the specific values of the fifth threshold to the eighth threshold are not limited. It should also be understood that between the fifth threshold and the sixth threshold, between the seventh threshold and the eighth threshold, and between the fifth threshold, the sixth threshold, the seventh threshold, and the eighth threshold may be uncorrelated. The specific value can be adjusted according to actual needs.
基于上述结合情况一和情况二描述的确定第二功率检测门限的方法,第一终端设备在接收到第一类信号的情况下,也就是在接收到异向信号的情况下,由于异向信道侦听造成隐藏节点和暴露节点的概率稍高,可能对第一终端设备带来的干扰较大,所以可以采用较低的功率检测门限,也就是该第一终端设备发送信号的概率较低;在接收到第二类信号的情况下,也就是在接收到同向信号的情况下,由于同向信道侦听造成隐藏节点和暴露节点的概率低,可能对第一终端设备带来的干扰较小,所以可以采用较高的功率检测门限,也就是该第一终端设备发送信号的概率较高。Based on the foregoing method for determining the second power detection threshold described in the first case and the second case, the first terminal device receives the first type of signal, that is, in the case of receiving the anisotropic signal, due to the anisotropic channel The probability of the hidden node and the exposed node is slightly higher, which may cause greater interference to the first terminal device. Therefore, a lower power detection threshold may be adopted, that is, the probability that the first terminal device sends a signal is lower; In the case of receiving the second type of signal, that is, in the case of receiving the same direction signal, since the probability of the hidden node and the exposed node being caused by the same channel channel listening is low, the interference may be caused to the first terminal device. Small, so a higher power detection threshold can be used, that is, the probability that the first terminal device transmits a signal is high.
换句话说,该第一终端设备对同向传输的信号的容忍度较高,或者说,同向传输的信号对该第一终端设备发送的信号带来的干扰可能较小,因此,在接收到同向传输的信号而未接收到异向传输的信号的情况下,可以采用较高的功率检测门限;相反,第一终端设备对异向传输的信号的容忍度较低,或者说,异向传输的信号对该第一终端设备发送的信号带来的干扰可能较大,因此,在接收到异向传输的信号的情况下,可以采用较低的功率检测门限。In other words, the first terminal device has higher tolerance to the signal transmitted in the same direction, or the signal transmitted in the same direction may cause less interference to the signal sent by the first terminal device, and therefore, is received. In the case of the signal transmitted in the same direction without receiving the signal transmitted in the opposite direction, a higher power detection threshold may be adopted; on the contrary, the tolerance of the first terminal device to the signal transmitted in the opposite direction is lower, or different The interference to the transmitted signal to the signal transmitted by the first terminal device may be large, and therefore, in the case of receiving the signal transmitted in the opposite direction, a lower power detection threshold may be employed.
因此,本申请实施例通过根据信号类型以及结合接收功率来确定该第而功率检测门限,能够根据不同信号类型对信号接收质量的影响,调整功率检测门限,从而有利于提高信道侦听的准确性,有利于提高资源利用率和数据接收性能,有助于提高通信系统的性能;并且有第一终端设备根据当前的情况确定偏移量,可以考虑到设备间的功率检测门限的差异,所确定出的第一功率检测门限也更合理。Therefore, the embodiment of the present application determines the first power detection threshold according to the signal type and the combined receiving power, and can adjust the power detection threshold according to the influence of different signal types on the signal receiving quality, thereby facilitating the channel recording accuracy. It is beneficial to improve resource utilization and data reception performance, and helps to improve the performance of the communication system; and the first terminal device determines the offset according to the current situation, and can take into account the difference in power detection thresholds between devices, which is determined. The first power detection threshold is also more reasonable.
应理解,上述列举的情况一和情况二仅为第一终端设备接收到的信号的两种可能的情况,而不应对本申请构成任何限定,同时,也不应对上述方法的适用场景构成限定,上述确定第二功率检测门限的方法同样适用于同时接收到第一类信号和第二类信号(即,下文所示的情况三)的场景。例如,若运营商仅关注某一个方向的信号的接收功率,比如仅关 注同向传输的信号的接收功率或者异向传输的信号的接收功率,第一终端设备仍然可以采用上述方法确定第二功率检测门限以便于进行空闲信道评估。It should be understood that Case 1 and Case 2 listed above are only two possible cases of signals received by the first terminal device, and should not constitute any limitation on the present application, and at the same time, the applicable scenarios of the above methods should not be limited. The above method of determining the second power detection threshold is equally applicable to the scenario in which the first type of signal and the second type of signal (i.e., Case 3 shown below) are simultaneously received. For example, if the operator only pays attention to the received power of the signal in a certain direction, for example, only Note the received power of the signal transmitted in the same direction or the received power of the signal transmitted in the opposite direction, and the first terminal device can still determine the second power detection threshold by using the above method to facilitate the idle channel estimation.
当然,在第一终端设备同时接收到第一类信号和第二类信号的情况下,用于确定第二功率检测门限的方法并不仅限于上述列举,该第一终端设备还可以综合考虑第一类信号和第二类信号的接收功率,确定第二功率检测门限。下面详细说明第一终端设备在同时接收到第一类信号和第二类信号的情况下确定第二功率检测门限的具体方法。Certainly, in a case where the first terminal device receives the first type signal and the second type signal at the same time, the method for determining the second power detection threshold is not limited to the above enumeration, and the first terminal device may further consider the first The received power of the class-like signal and the second type of signal determines a second power detection threshold. The specific method for determining the second power detection threshold in the case where the first terminal device receives the first type signal and the second type signal simultaneously is described in detail below.
情况三、Case 3,
如果该第一终端设备同时接收到第一类信号和第二类信号,则该第一终端设备可以直接选择一个较低的功率检测门限,例如,将第二功率检测门限确定为小于或等于第二初始功率检测门限的值。If the first terminal device receives the first type signal and the second type signal at the same time, the first terminal device may directly select a lower power detection threshold, for example, determine the second power detection threshold to be less than or equal to the first The value of the initial power detection threshold.
该第一终端设备也可以根据每一类信号的接收功率确定第二功率检测门限。The first terminal device may also determine a second power detection threshold according to the received power of each type of signal.
可选地,步骤320具体包括:Optionally, step 320 specifically includes:
该第一终端设备根据接收到的信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定第二功率检测门限。The first terminal device determines a second power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
即,该第一终端设备可以结合第一类信号的接收功率和第二类信号的接收功率来确定第二功率检测门限。That is, the first terminal device can determine the second power detection threshold by combining the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal.
该第一终端设备根据第一类信号的接收功率和第二类信号的接收功率确定第二功率检测门限的具体方式包括以下几种:The specific manner in which the first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal includes the following:
方式I:在第一类信号的接收功率满足第三预设条件且第二类信号的接收功率不满足第四预设条件的情况下,确定第二功率检测门限,该第二功率检测门限小于第二初始功率检测门限;Mode I: determining a second power detection threshold, where the received power of the first type of signal meets the third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition, where the second power detection threshold is less than a second initial power detection threshold;
方式J:在第二类信号的接收功率满足第四预设条件且第一类信号的接收功率不满足第三预设条件的情况下,确定第二功率检测门限,该第二功率检测门限大于第二初始功率检测门限;Mode J: determining, when the received power of the second type of signal meets the fourth preset condition, and the received power of the first type of signal does not meet the third preset condition, where the second power detection threshold is greater than a second initial power detection threshold;
方式K:在第一类信号的接收功率不满足第三预设条件且第二类信号的接收功率不满足第四预设条件的情况下,确定第二功率检测门限,该第二功率检测门限等于第二初始功率检测门限;Mode K: determining a second power detection threshold, where the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition, the second power detection threshold Equal to the second initial power detection threshold;
方式L:在第一类信号的接收功率满足第三预设条件且第二类信号的接收功率满足第四预设条件的情况下,确定第二功率检测门限,该第二功率检测门限小于或等于第二初始功率检测门限。Mode L: determining, when the received power of the first type of signal meets the third preset condition, and the received power of the second type of signal meets the fourth preset condition, the second power detection threshold is less than or Equal to the second initial power detection threshold.
其中,第三预设条件可以为上文中列举的条件七,或条件八,或条件七和条件八的结合,第四预设条件可以为上文中列举的条件九,或条件十,或条件九和条件十的结合。但应理解,第三预设条件和第四预设条件并不仅限于上述列举,例如,第三预设条件还可以包括条件十一:第一类信号的接收功率与第二类信号的接收功率的比值大于或等于1,第四预设条件还可以包括条件十二:第二类信号的接收功率与第一类信号的接收功率的比值大于1,或者,第三预设条件还可以是条件十一与上述列举的条件七、条件八中至少一项的组合,第四预设条件也可以是条件十二与上述列举的条件九、条件十中至少一项的组合。The third preset condition may be the condition seven listed above, or the condition eight, or the combination of the condition seven and the condition eight, and the fourth preset condition may be the condition nine listed above, or the condition ten, or the condition nine And the combination of condition ten. However, it should be understood that the third preset condition and the fourth preset condition are not limited to the above enumeration. For example, the third preset condition may further include condition 11: the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal. The ratio of the fourth preset condition may further include condition 12: the ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the received power of the first type of signal is greater than 1, or the third preset condition may also be a condition 11 and the combination of at least one of Condition 7 and Condition 8 listed above, the fourth predetermined condition may also be a combination of Condition 12 and at least one of Condition 9 and Condition 10 listed above.
上述方式I至方式L列举了第一终端设备接收到的第一类信号和第二类信号的接收功率可能满足的不同情况下确定第二功率检测门限的具体方法。 The foregoing method 1 to mode L enumerates a specific method for determining the second power detection threshold in different situations in which the received power of the first type signal and the second type signal received by the first terminal device may be satisfied.
可选地,方式I进一步可包括以下步骤:Optionally, the method 1 may further include the following steps:
在第一类信号的接收功率满足第三预设条件且第二类信号的接收功率不满足第四预设条件的情况下,确定第八偏移量,该第八偏移量为正数;When the received power of the first type of signal satisfies the third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition, determining an eighth offset, the eighth offset being a positive number;
将第二初始功率检测门限与第八偏移量之差确定为第二功率检测门限。A difference between the second initial power detection threshold and the eighth offset is determined as a second power detection threshold.
假设该第八偏移量为ΔP8,则第二功率检测门限P2可以通过下式计算得到:
Figure PCTCN2017104513-appb-000006
Assuming that the eighth offset is ΔP 8 , the second power detection threshold P 2 can be calculated by:
Figure PCTCN2017104513-appb-000006
可选地,方式J进一步可包括以下步骤:Optionally, the method J may further include the following steps:
在第二类信号的接收功率满足第四预设条件且第一类信号的接收功率不满足第三预设条件的情况下,确定第九偏移量,该第九偏移量为正数;When the received power of the second type of signal satisfies the fourth preset condition and the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition, determining a ninth offset, the ninth offset being a positive number;
将第二初始功率检测门限与第九偏移量之和确定为第二功率检测门限。A sum of the second initial power detection threshold and the ninth offset is determined as a second power detection threshold.
假设该第九偏移量为ΔP9,则第二功率检测门限P2可以通过下式计算得到: Assuming that the ninth offset is ΔP 9 , the second power detection threshold P 2 can be calculated by:
可选地,方式L进一步可包括以下步骤:Optionally, the mode L may further include the following steps:
在第一类信号的接收功率满足第三预设条件且第二类信号的接收功率满足第四预设条件的情况下,将第二初始功率检测门限确定为第二功率检测门限;或者When the received power of the first type of signal satisfies the third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal satisfies the fourth preset condition, determining the second initial power detection threshold as the second power detection threshold; or
确定第十偏移量,并将第二初始功率检测门限与该第十偏移量之差确定为第二功率检测门限,其中,该第十偏移量为正数。Determining a tenth offset and determining a difference between the second initial power detection threshold and the tenth offset as a second power detection threshold, wherein the tenth offset is a positive number.
假设该第十偏移量为ΔP10,则第二功率检测门限P2可以通过下式计算得到: Assuming that the tenth offset is ΔP 10 , the second power detection threshold P 2 can be calculated by:
应理解,上述第八偏移量至第十偏移量均可以通过上述方式a至方式c中的任意一种方式确定。上文中已经结合方法200详细说明了通过方式a和方式b确定偏移量的具体实现方式,并结合方法300在情况一中已经详细说明了通过方式c确定偏移量的具体实现方式,为了简洁,这里省略对该具体实现方式的详细说明。It should be understood that the above eighth to tenth offsets may be determined by any one of the above modes a to c. The specific implementation manner of determining the offset by the mode a and the mode b has been described in detail above in conjunction with the method 200, and the specific implementation manner of determining the offset by the mode c has been described in detail in the case of the method 300, for the sake of brevity. Detailed description of this specific implementation is omitted here.
还应理解,以上列举的第八至第十偏移量之间可以是无关联的,本申请对该三个偏移量的取值并不做限定,且该三个偏移量的取值可以完全不同、部分相同或者完全相同。It should also be understood that the eighth to tenth offsets listed above may be uncorrelated, and the value of the three offsets is not limited in the present application, and the values of the three offsets are not limited. Can be completely different, partially identical, or identical.
基于上述结合情况三确定第二功率检测门限的方法,第一终端设备在接收到多类信号的情况下,仍然可以根据每一类信号的接收功率来确定第二功率检测门限,在接收到同向信号的接收功率占较大占比的情况下可以采用较高的功率检测门限,也就是第一终端设备发送信号的概率较高;在接收到异向信号的接收功率占较大占比的情况下可以采用较低的功率检测门限,也就是该第一终端设备发送信号的概率较低。The method for determining the second power detection threshold based on the foregoing combination case 3, the first terminal device can still determine the second power detection threshold according to the received power of each type of signal when receiving the multiple types of signals, and receive the same When the received power of the signal accounts for a large proportion, a higher power detection threshold may be adopted, that is, the probability that the first terminal device transmits a signal is higher; and the received power of the received anisotropic signal accounts for a larger proportion. In the case, a lower power detection threshold can be used, that is, the probability that the first terminal device transmits a signal is low.
因此,通过根据信号类型以及结合接收功率来确定功率检测门限,能够根据不同信号类型对信号接收质量的影响,调整功率检测门限,从而有利于提高信道侦听的准确性,有利于提高资源利用率和数据接收性能,有助于提高通信系统的性能。Therefore, by determining the power detection threshold according to the signal type and the combined receiving power, the power detection threshold can be adjusted according to the influence of different signal types on the signal receiving quality, thereby improving the accuracy of channel sensing and improving resource utilization. And data reception performance helps to improve the performance of the communication system.
应理解,上文中结合情况一至情况三详细说明了步骤320的具体过程,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。第一终端设备接收到的信号也并不仅限于上述三种情况,例如,该第一终端设备也有可能未接收到第一类信号和第二类信号,而仅接收到噪声信号,在这种情况下,该第一终端设备可以直接将第二初始功率检测门限确定为第二功率检测门限。It should be understood that the specific process of step 320 is described in detail above in connection with case one to case three, but this should not constitute any limitation to the present application. The signal received by the first terminal device is not limited to the above three cases. For example, the first terminal device may not receive the first type signal and the second type signal, but only receive the noise signal. In this case, The first terminal device may directly determine the second initial power detection threshold as the second power detection threshold.
还应理解,上述实施例中,示出了第一终端接收到的信号在不同的情况下第二功率检测门限与第二初始功率检测门限之间的大小关系,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申 请也并不排除在第一类信号满足第三预设条件且第二类信号不满足第四预设条件的情况下确定第二功率检测门限为大于第二初始功率检测门限的值的可能,也不排除在第二类信号满足第四预设条件且第一类信号不满足第三预设条件的情况下确定第二功率检测门限为小于第二初始功率检测门限的值的可能,也不排除在第一类信号不满足第三预设条件且第二类信号不满足第四预设条件的情况下确定第二功率检测门限为大于或等于第二初始功率检测门限的值的可能。在以上列举的这些情况下,上述第八偏移量、第九偏移量、第十偏移量可以为负数。It should also be understood that, in the foregoing embodiment, the magnitude relationship between the second power detection threshold and the second initial power detection threshold in different situations of the signal received by the first terminal is shown, but this should not constitute any limited. Ben Shen It is also not excluded that the second power detection threshold is greater than the value of the second initial power detection threshold when the first type of signal satisfies the third preset condition and the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition. It is also not excluded that the second power detection threshold is determined to be less than the value of the second initial power detection threshold if the second type of signal satisfies the fourth preset condition and the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition, nor It is excluded that the second power detection threshold is determined to be greater than or equal to the value of the second initial power detection threshold if the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition and the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition. In the above-described cases, the eighth offset, the ninth offset, and the tenth offset may be negative numbers.
换句话说,本申请也并不排除在接收到同向信号的情况下采用较低的功率检测门限来进行空闲信道评估、在接收到异向信号的情况下采用较高的功率检测门限来进行空闲信道评估的可能。In other words, the present application does not exclude the use of a lower power detection threshold for idle channel estimation in the case of receiving an in-directional signal and a higher power detection threshold in the case of receiving an anisotropic signal. The possibility of idle channel evaluation.
上文中通过结合各种情况详细说明了通过方法一确定第二功率检测门限的具体方法。下面结合上述几种情况对方法二进行详细说明。The specific method of determining the second power detection threshold by the method 1 is described in detail above by combining various situations. The method 2 will be described in detail below in combination with the above several cases.
方法二、Method Two,
在方法二中,该通信系统可以预先定义(例如,协议定义)多个候选的功率检测门限,该第一终端设备可以预先获取该多个候选的功率检测门限。可选地,该第一终端设备中预先配置有该多个候选的功率检测门限。或者,可选地,该第一终端设备接收来自接入网设备的第三指示信息,该第三指示信息中携带该多个候选的功率检测门限。In the second method, the communication system may pre-define (eg, define a protocol) a plurality of candidate power detection thresholds, and the first terminal device may acquire the power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates in advance. Optionally, the power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates are pre-configured in the first terminal device. Or, optionally, the first terminal device receives the third indication information from the access network device, where the third indication information carries the power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates.
此后,该第一终端设备可以根据接收到的信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率从该多个候选的功率检测门限中确定第二功率检测门限。因此,在方法二中,可以不预先确定上述第二初始功率检测门限。Thereafter, the first terminal device may determine a second power detection threshold from the power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates according to the signal type of the received signal and the received power of each type of signal. Therefore, in the second method, the second initial power detection threshold may not be determined in advance.
例如,该多个候选的功率检测门限可以至少包括:第四候选功率检测门限、第五候选功率检测门限和第六候选功率检测门限,其中,第四候选功率检测门限大于第五候选功率检测门限,第五候选功率检测门限大于第六候选功率检测门限。For example, the power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates may include at least a fourth candidate power detection threshold, a fifth candidate power detection threshold, and a sixth candidate power detection threshold, where the fourth candidate power detection threshold is greater than the fifth candidate power detection threshold. The fifth candidate power detection threshold is greater than the sixth candidate power detection threshold.
情况一、Situation 1,
如果该第一终端设备仅接收到来自其他终端设备的下行信号(或者,下行信号和噪声信号),也就是第一类信号(或者,第一类信号和噪声信号),而未接收到来自终端设备的上行信号(也就是第二类信号),即,接收到的信号为异向信号,则该第一终端设备可以从预先配置的多个候选的功率检测门限中确定第二功率检测门限。例如,可以将上述列举的第六候选功率检测门限确定为第二功率检测门限。If the first terminal device only receives downlink signals (or downlink signals and noise signals) from other terminal devices, that is, the first type of signals (or the first type of signals and the noise signals), but does not receive the terminal from the terminal. The uplink signal of the device (that is, the second type of signal), that is, the received signal is an anisotropic signal, the first terminal device may determine a second power detection threshold from a plurality of candidate power detection thresholds that are configured in advance. For example, the sixth candidate power detection threshold listed above may be determined as the second power detection threshold.
进一步地,该第一终端设备也可以在情况一下根据该第一类信号的接收功率,确定第二功率检测门限。Further, the first terminal device may also determine the second power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal.
可选地,步骤320具体包括:Optionally, step 320 specifically includes:
该第一终端设备根据接收到的信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定第二功率检测门限。The first terminal device determines a second power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
即,第一终端设备在接收到的信号满足情况一的时候,可以根据第一类信号的接收功率,确定第二功率检测门限。可选地,该第一终端设备可以在第一类信号的接收功率满足第三预设条件的情况下,确定第二功率检测门限。例如,该第一终端设备可以将上述列举的第六候选功率检测门限确定为第二功率检测门限。That is, when the received signal satisfies the first condition, the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal. Optionally, the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold if the received power of the first type of signal meets the third preset condition. For example, the first terminal device may determine the sixth candidate power detection threshold listed above as the second power detection threshold.
其中,第三预设条件可以包括以下至少一项: The third preset condition may include at least one of the following:
条件七、第一类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第五阈值;Condition 7, the received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset fifth threshold;
条件八、第一类信号的接收功率与总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第六阈值。Condition 8. The ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset sixth threshold.
应理解,方法二中的第三预设条件的具体内容与方法一的第三预设条件的具体内容可以是相同的。上文中已经对该第三预设条件的具体内容作了详细说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific content of the third preset condition in the second method may be the same as the specific content of the third preset condition of the first method. The specific content of the third preset condition has been described in detail above, and for brevity, it will not be repeated here.
情况二、Case 2
如果该第一终端设备仅接收到来自终端设备的上行信号(或者,上行信号和噪声信号),而未接收到来自其他终端设备的下行信号,即,接收到的信号为同向信号,则该第一终端设备可以从预先配置的多个候选的功率检测门限中确定第二功率检测门限。例如,可以将上述列举的第四候选功率检测门限确定为第二功率检测门限。If the first terminal device only receives the uplink signal (or the uplink signal and the noise signal) from the terminal device, but does not receive the downlink signal from the other terminal device, that is, the received signal is the same direction signal, then the The first terminal device may determine a second power detection threshold from among a plurality of candidate power detection thresholds that are configured in advance. For example, the fourth candidate power detection threshold listed above may be determined as the second power detection threshold.
进一步地,该第一终端设备也可以在情况一下根据该第一类信号的接收功率,确定第二功率检测门限。Further, the first terminal device may also determine the second power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal.
可选地,步骤320具体包括:Optionally, step 320 specifically includes:
该第一终端设备根据接收到的信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定第二功率检测门限。The first terminal device determines a second power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
即,第一终端设备在接收到的信号满足情况二的时候,可以根据第二类信号的接收功率,确定第二功率检测门限。例如,第一终端设备可以在第二类信号的接收功率满足第四预设条件的情况下,确定第二功率检测门限。例如,该第一终端设备可以将上述列举的第四候选功率检测门限确定为第二功率检测门限。That is, when the received signal satisfies Case 2, the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold according to the received power of the second type of signal. For example, the first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold if the received power of the second type of signal satisfies the fourth preset condition. For example, the first terminal device may determine the fourth candidate power detection threshold listed above as the second power detection threshold.
其中,第四预设条件可以包括以下至少一项:The fourth preset condition may include at least one of the following:
条件九、第二类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第三阈值;Condition 9, the received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset third threshold;
条件十、第二类信号的接收功率与总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第四阈值。Condition 10: The ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power is greater than or equal to a preset fourth threshold.
应理解,方法二中的第四预设条件的具体内容与方法一的第四预设条件的具体内容可以是相同的。上文中已经对该第四预设条件的具体内容作了详细说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific content of the fourth preset condition in the second method may be the same as the specific content of the fourth preset condition of the first method. The specific content of the fourth preset condition has been described in detail above, and for brevity, it will not be described again here.
应理解,上述列举的情况一和情况二仅为第一终端设备接收到的信号的两种可能的情况,而不应对本申请构成任何限定,同时,也不应对上述方法的适用场景构成限定,上述确定第二功率检测门限的方法同样适用于同时接收到第一类信号和第二类信号(即,下文所示的情况三)的场景。例如,若运营商仅关注某一个方向的信号的接收功率,比如仅关注同向传输的信号的接收功率或者异向传输的信号的接收功率,第一终端设备仍然可以采用上述方法确定第二功率检测门限以便于进行空闲信道评估。It should be understood that Case 1 and Case 2 listed above are only two possible cases of signals received by the first terminal device, and should not constitute any limitation on the present application, and at the same time, the applicable scenarios of the above methods should not be limited. The above method of determining the second power detection threshold is equally applicable to the scenario in which the first type of signal and the second type of signal (i.e., Case 3 shown below) are simultaneously received. For example, if the operator only pays attention to the received power of the signal in a certain direction, for example, only the received power of the signal transmitted in the same direction or the received power of the signal transmitted in the opposite direction, the first terminal device can still determine the second power by using the above method. The threshold is detected to facilitate idle channel evaluation.
当然,在第一终端设备同时接收到第一类信号和第二类信号的情况下,用于确定第二功率检测门限的方法并不仅限于上述列举,该第一终端设备还可以综合考虑第一类信号和第二类信号的接收功率,确定第二功率检测门限。下面详细说明第一终端设备在同时接收到第一类信号和第二类信号的情况下确定第二功率检测门限的具体方法。Certainly, in a case where the first terminal device receives the first type signal and the second type signal at the same time, the method for determining the second power detection threshold is not limited to the above enumeration, and the first terminal device may further consider the first The received power of the class-like signal and the second type of signal determines a second power detection threshold. The specific method for determining the second power detection threshold in the case where the first terminal device receives the first type signal and the second type signal simultaneously is described in detail below.
情况三、Case 3,
如果该第一终端设备同时接收到第一类信号和第二类信号,则该第一终端设备可以直接选择一个较低的功率检测门限,例如,将上述列举的多个候选的功率检测门限中的第四候选功率检测门限确定为第一功率检测门限。 If the first terminal device receives the first type signal and the second type signal at the same time, the first terminal device may directly select a lower power detection threshold, for example, in the power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates listed above. The fourth candidate power detection threshold is determined as a first power detection threshold.
该第一终端设备也可以根据每一类信号的接收功率确定第二功率检测门限。The first terminal device may also determine a second power detection threshold according to the received power of each type of signal.
可选地,步骤320具体包括:Optionally, step 320 specifically includes:
该第一终端设备根据接收到的信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定第二功率检测门限。The first terminal device determines a second power detection threshold according to a signal type of the received signal and a received power of each type of signal.
即,该第一终端设备可以结合第一类信号的接收功率和第二类信号的接收功率来确定第二功率检测门限。That is, the first terminal device can determine the second power detection threshold by combining the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal.
以上述列举的多个候选的功率检测门限为例,该第一终端设备根据第一类信号的接收功率和第二类信号的接收功率确定第二功率检测门限的具体方式包括以下几种:For example, the specific method for determining the second power detection threshold according to the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal includes the following:
方式M:在第一类信号的接收功率满足第三预设条件且第二类信号的接收功率不满足第四预设条件的情况下,将第六候选功率检测门限确定为该第二功率检测门限;Mode M: determining, in the case that the received power of the first type of signal meets the third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition, determining the sixth candidate power detection threshold as the second power detection Threshold
方式N:在第二类信号的接收功率满足第四预设条件且第一类信号的接收功率不满足第三预设条件的情况下,将第四候选功率检测门限确定为该第二功率检测门限;Mode N: determining, when the received power of the second type of signal meets the fourth preset condition and the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition, determining the fourth candidate power detection threshold as the second power detection Threshold
方式O:在第一类信号的接收功率不满足第三预设条件且第二类信号的接收功率不满足第四预设条件的情况下,将第五候选功率检测门限确定为该第二功率检测门限;Mode 0: determining, in the case that the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition, determining the fifth candidate power detection threshold as the second power Detection threshold
方式P:在第一类信号的接收功率满足第三预设条件且第二类信号的接收功率满足第四预设条件的情况下,将第四候选功率检测门限确定为该第二功率检测门限。Mode P: determining, when the received power of the first type of signal meets the third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal meets the fourth preset condition, determining the fourth candidate power detection threshold as the second power detection threshold .
其中,第三预设条件可以为上文中列举的条件七,或条件八,或条件七和条件八的结合,第四预设条件可以为上文中列举的条件九,或条件十,或条件九和条件十的结合。但应理解,第三预设条件和第四预设条件并不仅限于上述列举,例如,第三预设条件还可以包括条件十一:第一类信号的接收功率与第二类信号的接收功率的比值大于或等于1,第四预设条件还可以包括条件十二:第二类信号的接收功率与第一类信号的接收功率的比值大于1,或者,第三预设条件还可以是条件十一与上述列举的条件七、条件八中至少一项的组合,第四预设条件也可以是条件十二与上述列举的条件九、条件十中至少一项的组合。The third preset condition may be the condition seven listed above, or the condition eight, or the combination of the condition seven and the condition eight, and the fourth preset condition may be the condition nine listed above, or the condition ten, or the condition nine And the combination of condition ten. However, it should be understood that the third preset condition and the fourth preset condition are not limited to the above enumeration. For example, the third preset condition may further include condition 11: the received power of the first type of signal and the received power of the second type of signal. The ratio of the fourth preset condition may further include condition 12: the ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the received power of the first type of signal is greater than 1, or the third preset condition may also be a condition 11 and the combination of at least one of Condition 7 and Condition 8 listed above, the fourth predetermined condition may also be a combination of Condition 12 and at least one of Condition 9 and Condition 10 listed above.
应理解,上述列举的多个候选的功率检测门限以及用于不同情况下的门限仅为便于理解而做出的示例性说明,而不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请对于该多个候选的功率检测门限的数量并不做限定,例如,候选的功率检测门限的数量可以为更多或者更少。第一终端设备也可以基于上述提供的用于确定第二功率检测门限的方法,从更多或者更少的候选的功率检测门限中确定用于当前情况的检测门限作为第二功率检测门限。It should be understood that the multiple candidate power detection thresholds listed above and the thresholds for different situations are merely illustrative for ease of understanding and should not be construed as limiting the application. The application does not limit the number of power detection thresholds of the multiple candidates. For example, the number of candidate power detection thresholds may be more or less. The first terminal device may also determine a detection threshold for the current situation as a second power detection threshold from more or fewer candidate power detection thresholds based on the method for determining the second power detection threshold provided above.
因此,本申请实施例通过根据信号类型并结合接收功率来确定该第二功率检测门限,能够根据不同信号类型对信号接收质量的影响,调整功率检测门限,从而有利于提高信道侦听的准确性,有利于提高资源利用率和数据接收性能,有助于提高通信系统的性能;并且,通过从预先定义的多个候选的功率检测门限中确定第二功率检测门限,相对于方法一而言,实现过程更加简单方便,减小了第一终端设备的计算量。Therefore, the embodiment of the present application determines the second power detection threshold according to the signal type and the received power, and can adjust the power detection threshold according to the influence of different signal types on the signal receiving quality, thereby facilitating the channel recording accuracy. , which is beneficial to improving resource utilization and data receiving performance, and helps to improve the performance of the communication system; and, by determining a second power detection threshold from a plurality of predefined power detection thresholds, with respect to method one, The implementation process is simpler and more convenient, and the calculation amount of the first terminal device is reduced.
图5从设备交互的角度示出了本申请再一实施例提供的信道侦听的方法900的示意性流程图。具体地,图5示出的方法900可以应用于LAA-LTE系统中,且该方法900可以由处于该LAA-LTE系统中的终端设备执行。在本实施例中,用于执行该方法900的终端设备可以为终端设备#1,该终端设备#1所在的小区中可以部署有接入网设备#1。若该终端设备#1想给接入网设备#1发送信号,则该终端设备#1可以先进行空闲信道评估,再根据空闲信道评估结果发送信号。 FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method 900 for channel sensing provided by another embodiment of the present application from the perspective of device interaction. In particular, the method 900 illustrated in FIG. 5 can be applied to a LAA-LTE system, and the method 900 can be performed by a terminal device in the LAA-LTE system. In this embodiment, the terminal device for performing the method 900 may be the terminal device #1, and the access network device #1 may be deployed in the cell where the terminal device #1 is located. If the terminal device #1 wants to send a signal to the access network device #1, the terminal device #1 may perform the idle channel evaluation first, and then send a signal according to the idle channel evaluation result.
应理解,在本实施例中,终端设备#1可对应于上文方法300中的第一终端设备,终端设备#2可对应于上文方法300中的第二终端设备。It should be understood that in the present embodiment, the terminal device #1 may correspond to the first terminal device in the method 300 above, and the terminal device #2 may correspond to the second terminal device in the method 300 above.
如图5所示,该方法900可以包括步骤901至步骤906。下面对该方法900进行详细描述。As shown in FIG. 5, the method 900 can include steps 901 through 906. The method 900 is described in detail below.
在步骤901中,终端设备#1在免许可频段资源上接收来自接入网设备#2的第四信号。In step 901, terminal device #1 receives a fourth signal from access network device #2 on the unlicensed band resource.
在步骤902中,终端设备#1在免许可频段资源上接收来自终端设备#2的第五信号。In step 902, the terminal device #1 receives the fifth signal from the terminal device #2 on the unlicensed band resource.
具体地,步骤901和步骤902可对应于方法300中的步骤310,上文中已经对步骤310的具体过程进行了详细说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, the step 901 and the step 902 may correspond to the step 310 in the method 300. The specific process of the step 310 has been described in detail above. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是,终端设备#1并不一定会同时接收到来自接入网设备#2的第四信号和来自终端设备#2的第而信号,也就是说,终端设备#1可能仅执行步骤901和步骤902中的任意一个步骤。并且,图中仅为便于理解,示例性地画出了两个接入网设备和两个终端设备,事实上,该通信系统中可以包括其他数量的终端设备和终端设备,终端设备#1有可能接收到来自更多的终端设备和来自更多的接入网设备的信号。本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that the terminal device #1 does not necessarily receive the fourth signal from the access network device #2 and the first signal from the terminal device #2 at the same time, that is, the terminal device #1 may only perform the steps. 901 and any of the steps 902. Moreover, in the figure, for convenience of understanding, two access network devices and two terminal devices are exemplarily drawn. In fact, the communication system may include other numbers of terminal devices and terminal devices, and the terminal device #1 has It is possible to receive signals from more terminal devices and from more access network devices. This application does not limit this.
在步骤903中,终端设备#1确定接收到的信号的信号类型。In step 903, the terminal device #1 determines the signal type of the received signal.
该终端设备#1在接收到来自接入网设备#2和/或终端设备#2的信号时,可能并不知道接收到的信号的信号类型,但终端设备#1可以根据公共信号确定接收到的信号的信号类型。具体地,步骤903可对应于方法300中的步骤330,上文中已经对步骤330的具体过程进行了详细说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。When receiving the signal from the access network device #2 and/or the terminal device #2, the terminal device #1 may not know the signal type of the received signal, but the terminal device #1 may determine to receive according to the public signal. The signal type of the signal. Specifically, step 903 may correspond to step 330 in method 300. The specific process of step 330 has been described in detail above, and is not described herein again for brevity.
在步骤904中,终端设备#1根据接收到的信号的信号类型,确定第二功率检测门限。具体地,步骤904可对应于方法300中的步骤320,上文中已经结合各种不同的情况和实现方式对步骤320的具体过程进行了详细说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。In step 904, the terminal device #1 determines a second power detection threshold based on the signal type of the received signal. Specifically, the step 904 may correspond to the step 320 in the method 300. The specific process of the step 320 has been described in detail in conjunction with various different situations and implementations. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.
在步骤905中,终端设备#1根据第二功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估。In step 905, terminal device #1 performs an idle channel assessment based on the second power detection threshold.
具体地,步骤905可对应于方法300中的步骤340,上文中已经对步骤340的具体过程进行了详细说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, step 905 may correspond to step 340 in method 300. The specific process of step 340 has been described in detail above, and is not described herein again for brevity.
在步骤906中,终端设备#1根据空闲信道评估结果发送第六信号。In step 906, the terminal device #1 transmits a sixth signal based on the idle channel evaluation result.
具体地,终端设备#1可以根据空闲信道评估结果,在信道空闲的情况下发送第六信号,在信道忙碌的情况下暂停发送。应理解,图中仅为示例画出了终端设备#1向终端设备#1发送第六信号的过程,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。Specifically, the terminal device #1 may transmit the sixth signal when the channel is idle according to the idle channel evaluation result, and suspend the transmission if the channel is busy. It should be understood that the process of transmitting the sixth signal by the terminal device #1 to the terminal device #1 is only shown in the figure, but this should not constitute any limitation to the present application.
步骤906可对应于方法300中的步骤350,上文中已经对步骤350的具体过程进行了详细说明,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Step 906 may correspond to step 350 in method 300. The specific process of step 350 has been described in detail above, and is not described herein again for brevity.
应理解,方法900的具体实现过程与方法300的具体实现过程相似,为了简洁,这里不再对相应的内容作出详细说明。It should be understood that the specific implementation process of the method 900 is similar to the specific implementation process of the method 300. For the sake of brevity, the corresponding content will not be described in detail herein.
基于上述技术方案,该第一终端设备可以根据接收到的信号的信号类型确定第二功率检测门限,由于考虑了不同的信号类型可能带来的干扰,使得第二功率检测门限的取值随接收到的信号的信号类型的不同而不同,相比于现有技术中采用固定的功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估而言,评估结果更准确,即提高了信道侦听的准确性,使得第一终端设备发送信号的概率也随接收到的信号的信号类型的不同而不同,因此,有利于提高资源的利用率和数据接收性能,从而有助于提升通信系统的性能。The first terminal device may determine the second power detection threshold according to the signal type of the received signal, and consider the interference that may be caused by different signal types, so that the value of the second power detection threshold is received by the first terminal device. The signal type of the received signal is different, and the evaluation result is more accurate than the prior art using the fixed power detection threshold for the idle channel evaluation, that is, the accuracy of the channel sensing is improved, so that the first terminal is The probability that the device sends a signal also varies with the type of signal of the received signal. Therefore, it is beneficial to improve resource utilization and data reception performance, thereby contributing to improving the performance of the communication system.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的 先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not imply an order of execution. The order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be construed as limiting the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.
以上,结合图2至图5详细说明了本申请实施例提供的信道侦听的方法。以下,结合图6至图9详细说明本申请实施例提供的接入网设备和终端设备。The method for channel sensing provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 2 to FIG. The access network device and the terminal device provided in the embodiments of the present application are described in detail below with reference to FIG. 6 to FIG.
图6是本申请实施例提供的接入网设备400的示意性框图。如图6所示,该接入网设备400包括:收发模块410和处理模块420。FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram of an access network device 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6, the access network device 400 includes a transceiver module 410 and a processing module 420.
其中,收发模块410用于在免许可频段资源上接收信号;The transceiver module 410 is configured to receive a signal on the unlicensed band resource;
处理模块420用于根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型,确定第一功率检测门限,其中,所述信号的信号类型包括以下至少一项:来自除所述接入网设备之外的至少一个接入网设备的第一类信号,来自至少一个终端设备的第二类信号;The processing module 420 is configured to determine a first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal, where the signal type of the signal includes at least one of: at least one from the access network device a first type of signal of the access network device, a second type of signal from the at least one terminal device;
处理模块420还用于根据所述第一功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估。The processing module 420 is further configured to perform idle channel estimation according to the first power detection threshold.
具体地,接入网设备400可对应于根据本申请实施例的信道侦听的方法200中的第一接入网设备,该接入网设备400可以包括用于执行图2中信道侦听的方法200的第一接入网设备执行的方法的模块。并且,该接入网设备400中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2中信道侦听的方法200的相应流程。具体地,收发模块410可用于执行方法200中的步骤210和步骤250,处理模块420可用于执行方法200中的步骤220至步骤240,各模块执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法200中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Specifically, the access network device 400 may correspond to a first access network device in the method 200 of channel sounding according to an embodiment of the present application, and the access network device 400 may include a channel for performing channel sensing in FIG. A module of a method performed by a first access network device of method 200. Moreover, each module in the access network device 400 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement the corresponding flow of the method 200 of channel sensing in FIG. Specifically, the transceiver module 410 can be used to perform step 210 and step 250 in the method 200. The processing module 420 can be used to perform steps 220 to 240 in the method 200. The specific process in which each module performs the corresponding steps is detailed in the method 200. For the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
或者,该接入网设备400可对应于根据本申请实施例的信道侦听的方法800中的接入网设备#1,该接入网设备400可以包括用于执行图3中信道侦听的方法800的接入网设备#1执行的方法的模块。并且,该接入网设备400中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图3中信道侦听的方法800的相应流程。具体地,该收发模块410用于执行方法800中的步骤801、步骤802和步骤806,该处理模块420用于执行方法800中的步骤803至步骤805,各模块执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法800中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Alternatively, the access network device 400 can correspond to the access network device #1 in the method 800 of channel listening according to embodiments of the present application, which can include the channel for performing the channel sensing in FIG. A module of a method performed by access network device #1 of method 800. Moreover, each of the modules in the access network device 400 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement the corresponding process of the method 800 for channel sensing in FIG. Specifically, the transceiver module 410 is configured to perform step 801, step 802, and step 806 in the method 800. The processing module 420 is configured to perform step 803 to step 805 in the method 800, where the specific process of each module performing the corresponding step is The method 800 has been described in detail, and is not described herein for brevity.
图7是本申请实施例提供的接入网设备500的结构示意图。该接入网设备500能够执行上述实施例中的所有方法,因此,其具体细节可以参照上述实施例中的描述,为避免重复,在此不再详细赘述。图7所示的接入网设备500包括处理器510和收发器520,可选地,该接入网设备500还包括存储器530。其中,处理器510、收发器520和存储器530之间通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号,该存储器530用于存储计算机程序,该处理器510用于从该存储器530中调用并运行该计算机程序,以控制该收发器520收发信号。FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device 500 according to an embodiment of the present application. The access network device 500 can perform all the methods in the foregoing embodiments. For details, refer to the description in the foregoing embodiments. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein again. The access network device 500 shown in FIG. 7 includes a processor 510 and a transceiver 520. Optionally, the access network device 500 further includes a memory 530. The processor 510, the transceiver 520, and the memory 530 communicate with each other through an internal connection path for transferring control and/or data signals. The memory 530 is used to store a computer program, and the processor 510 is configured to be called from the memory 530. The computer program is run to control the transceiver 520 to send and receive signals.
上述处理器510和存储器530可以合成一个处理装置,处理器510用于执行存储器530中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时,该存储器530也可以集成在处理器510中,或者独立于处理器510。The processor 510 and the memory 530 may be combined to form a processing device, and the processor 510 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 530 to implement the above functions. The memory 530 may also be integrated in the processor 510 or independent of the processor 510 when implemented.
上述网络设备还可以包括天线540,用于将收发器520输出的下行数据或下行控制信令通过无线信号发送出去。The network device may further include an antenna 540, configured to send downlink data or downlink control signaling output by the transceiver 520 by using a wireless signal.
其中,收发器520用于在免许可频段资源上接收信号;The transceiver 520 is configured to receive signals on the unlicensed band resources;
处理器510用于根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型,确定第一功率检测门限,其中, 所述信号的信号类型包括以下至少一项:来自除所述接入网设备之外的至少一个接入网设备的第一类信号,来自至少一个终端设备的第二类信号;The processor 510 is configured to determine a first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal, where The signal type of the signal includes at least one of: a first type of signal from at least one access network device other than the access network device, and a second type of signal from at least one terminal device;
处理器510还用于根据所述第一功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估。The processor 510 is further configured to perform idle channel estimation according to the first power detection threshold.
具体地,接入网设备500可对应于根据本申请实施例的信道侦听的方法200中的第一接入网设备,该接入网设备500可以包括用于执行图2中信道侦听的方法200的第一接入网设备执行的方法的模块。并且,该接入网设备500中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2中信道侦听的方法200的相应流程。具体地,该存储器530用于存储程序代码,使得处理器510在执行该程序代码时,用于控制该收发器520通过天线540执行方法200中的步骤210,该处理器510还用于执行方法200中的步骤220至步骤250,各模块执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法200中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Specifically, the access network device 500 may correspond to a first access network device in the method 200 of channel listening according to an embodiment of the present application, and the access network device 500 may include a channel for performing channel sensing in FIG. A module of a method performed by a first access network device of method 200. Moreover, each module in the access network device 500 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement the corresponding flow of the method 200 of channel sensing in FIG. Specifically, the memory 530 is configured to store program code, such that when the program code is executed, the processor 510 is configured to control the transceiver 520 to perform step 210 in the method 200 through the antenna 540, and the processor 510 is further configured to execute the method. Steps 220 to 250 of 200, the specific process of each module performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps has been described in detail in the method 200. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.
或者,该接入网设备500可对应于根据本申请实施例的信道侦听的方法800中的接入网设备#1,该接入网设备500可以包括用于执行图3中信道侦听的方法800的接入网设备#1执行的方法的模块。并且,该接入网设备500中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图3中信道侦听的方法800的相应流程。具体地,该存储器530用于存储程序代码,使得处理器510在执行该程序代码时,控制该收发器520通过天线540执行方法800中的步骤801、步骤802和步骤806,该处理器510还用于执行方法800中的步骤803至步骤805,各模块执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法800中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Alternatively, the access network device 500 may correspond to the access network device #1 in the method 800 of channel listening according to an embodiment of the present application, and the access network device 500 may include a channel for performing channel sensing in FIG. A module of a method performed by access network device #1 of method 800. Moreover, each module in the access network device 500 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement the corresponding process of the method 800 for channel sensing in FIG. Specifically, the memory 530 is configured to store program code, such that when the program code is executed, the processor 510 controls the transceiver 520 to perform step 801, step 802, and step 806 in the method 800 through the antenna 540, where the processor 510 further The specific process for performing the foregoing steps in each module is described in detail in the method 800. For the sake of brevity, no further details are provided herein.
图8是本申请实施例提供的终端设备600的示意性框图。如图8所示,该终端设备60包括:收发模块610和处理模块620。FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device 600 according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8, the terminal device 60 includes a transceiver module 610 and a processing module 620.
其中,收发模块610用于在免许可频段资源上接收信号;The transceiver module 610 is configured to receive a signal on the unlicensed band resource.
处理模块620用于根据接收到的该信号的信号类型,确定第二功率检测门限,其中,该信号的信号类型包括以下至少一项:来自至少一个接入网设备的第一类信号,来自除该第一终端设备之外的至少一个第二终端设备的第二类信号;The processing module 620 is configured to determine a second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal, where the signal type of the signal includes at least one of the following: a first type of signal from the at least one access network device, a second type of signal of at least one second terminal device other than the first terminal device;
该处理模块620还用于根据该第二功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估。The processing module 620 is further configured to perform idle channel estimation according to the second power detection threshold.
具体地,该终端设备600可对应于根据本申请实施例的信道侦听的方法300中的第一终端设备,该终端设备600可以包括用于执行图4中信道侦听的方法300的第一终端设备执行的方法的模块。并且,该终端设备600中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4中信道侦听的方法300的相应流程。具体地,收发模块610可用于执行方法300中的步骤310和步骤350,处理模块620可用于执行方法200中的步骤320至步骤340,各模块执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法300中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Specifically, the terminal device 600 may correspond to a first terminal device in the method 300 for channel sounding according to an embodiment of the present application, and the terminal device 600 may include the first method 300 for performing channel sensing in FIG. A module of the method performed by the terminal device. Moreover, each module in the terminal device 600 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement the corresponding process of the method 300 for channel sensing in FIG. Specifically, the transceiver module 610 can be used to perform step 310 and step 350 in the method 300. The processing module 620 can be used to perform steps 320 to 340 in the method 200. The specific process of each module performing the corresponding steps is detailed in the method 300. For the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
或者,该终端设备600可对应于根据本申请实施例的信道侦听的方法900中的终端设备#1,该终端设备600可以包括用于执行图5中信道侦听的方法900的终端设备#1执行的方法的模块。并且,该终端设备600中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图5中信道侦听的方法900的相应流程。具体地,收发模块610可用于执行方法900中的步骤901、步骤902和步骤906,处理模块620可用于执行方法900中的步骤903至步骤905,各模块执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法300中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在 此不再赘述。Alternatively, the terminal device 600 may correspond to the terminal device #1 in the method 900 of channel listening according to an embodiment of the present application, and the terminal device 600 may include the terminal device # for performing the method 900 of channel sensing in FIG. 1 module of the method of execution. Moreover, each module in the terminal device 600 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement the corresponding process of the method 900 for channel sensing in FIG. Specifically, the transceiver module 610 can be used to perform step 901, step 902, and step 906 in the method 900. The processing module 620 can be used to perform steps 903 to 905 in the method 900. The specific process of each module performing the foregoing steps is in the method 300. Has been explained in detail, for the sake of simplicity, This will not be repeated here.
图9是本申请实施例提供的终端设备700的结构示意图。如图9所示,该终端设备700包括处理器701和收发器702,可选地,该终端设备700还包括存储器703。其中,其中,处理器702、收发器702和存储器703之间通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号,该存储器703用于存储计算机程序,该处理器701用于从该存储器703中调用并运行该计算机程序,以控制该收发器702收发信号。FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 700 according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9, the terminal device 700 includes a processor 701 and a transceiver 702. Optionally, the terminal device 700 further includes a memory 703. Wherein, the processor 702, the transceiver 702 and the memory 703 communicate with each other through an internal connection path for transmitting control and/or data signals, the memory 703 is for storing a computer program, and the processor 701 is used for the memory 703. The computer program is called and run to control the transceiver 702 to send and receive signals.
上述处理器701和存储器703可以合成一个处理装置,处理器701用于执行存储器703中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时,该存储器703也可以集成在处理器701中,或者独立于处理器701。上述终端设备700还可以包括天线504,用于将收发器702输出的上行数据或上行控制信令通过无线信号发送出去。The processor 701 and the memory 703 may be combined to form a processing device, and the processor 701 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 703 to implement the above functions. In a specific implementation, the memory 703 may also be integrated in the processor 701 or independent of the processor 701. The terminal device 700 may further include an antenna 504, configured to send uplink data or uplink control signaling output by the transceiver 702 by using a wireless signal.
其中,收发器702用于在免许可频段资源上接收信号;The transceiver 702 is configured to receive a signal on the unlicensed band resource;
处理器701用于根据接收到的该信号的信号类型,确定第二功率检测门限,其中,该信号的信号类型包括以下至少一项:来自至少一个接入网设备的第一类信号,来自除该第一终端设备之外的至少一个第二终端设备的第二类信号;The processor 701 is configured to determine, according to the received signal type of the signal, a second power detection threshold, where the signal type of the signal includes at least one of the following: a first type of signal from the at least one access network device, a second type of signal of at least one second terminal device other than the first terminal device;
该处理器701还用于根据该第二功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估。The processor 701 is further configured to perform idle channel estimation according to the second power detection threshold.
具体地,该终端设备700可对应于根据本申请实施例的信道侦听的方法300中的终端设备,该终端设备700可以包括用于执行图4中信道侦听的方法300的终端设备执行的方法的模块。并且,该终端设备700中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图4中信道侦听的方法300的相应流程。具体地,该存储器703用于存储程序代码,使得处理器701在执行该程序代码时,用于控制该收发器702通过天线704执行方法300中的步骤310和步骤350,该处理器701还用于执行方法300中的步骤320至步骤340。各模块执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法300中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Specifically, the terminal device 700 may correspond to a terminal device in the method 300 of channel sounding according to an embodiment of the present application, and the terminal device 700 may include a terminal device for performing the method 300 of channel sensing in FIG. The module of the method. Moreover, each module in the terminal device 700 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement the corresponding process of the method 300 for channel sensing in FIG. Specifically, the memory 703 is configured to store the program code, so that when the program code is executed, the processor 701 is configured to control the transceiver 702 to perform step 310 and step 350 in the method 300 through the antenna 704, where the processor 701 further uses Steps 320 through 340 in method 300 are performed. The specific process in which each module performs the above-mentioned corresponding steps has been described in detail in the method 300. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.
或者,该终端设备700可对应于根据本申请实施例的信道侦听的方法900中的终端设备#1,该终端设备700可以包括用于执行图5中信道侦听的方法900的终端设备#1执行的方法的模块。并且,该终端设备700中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图5中信道侦听的方法900的相应流程。具体地,该存储器703用于存储程序代码,使得处理器701在执行该程序代码时,用于控制该收发器702通过天线704执行方法900中的步骤901、步骤902和步骤906,该处理器701还用于执行方法900中的步骤903至步骤905,各模块执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法300中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Alternatively, the terminal device 700 may correspond to the terminal device #1 in the method 900 of channel sounding according to an embodiment of the present application, and the terminal device 700 may include the terminal device # for performing the method 900 of channel sensing in FIG. 1 module of the method of execution. Moreover, each module in the terminal device 700 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively configured to implement the corresponding process of the method 900 for channel sensing in FIG. Specifically, the memory 703 is configured to store program code, such that when the program code is executed, the processor 701 is configured to control the transceiver 702 to perform step 901, step 902, and step 906 in the method 900 through the antenna 704, the processor The 701 is also used to perform the steps 903 to 905 in the method 900. The specific process of each module performing the foregoing steps is described in detail in the method 300. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.
上述处理器701可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的由终端内部实现的动作,而收发器702可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的终端向网络设备传输或者发送的动作。具体请见前面方法实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。The foregoing processor 701 can be used to perform the actions implemented by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments, and the transceiver 702 can be used to perform the action of the terminal to transmit or transmit to the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. For details, please refer to the description in the previous method embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
上述处理器701和存储器703可以集成为一个处理装置,处理器701用于执行存储器703中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时,该存储器703也可以集成在处理器701中。The above processor 701 and memory 703 can be integrated into one processing device, and the processor 701 is configured to execute program code stored in the memory 703 to implement the above functions. In a specific implementation, the memory 703 can also be integrated in the processor 701.
上述终端设备700还可以包括电源705,用于给终端中的各种器件或电路提供电源。The terminal device 700 described above may also include a power source 705 for providing power to various devices or circuits in the terminal.
除此之外,为了使得终端设备的功能更加完善,该终端设备700还可以包括输入单元706,显示单元707,音频电路708,摄像头709和传感器710等中的一个或多个,该音频 电路还可以包括扬声器7082,麦克风7084等。In addition, in order to make the function of the terminal device more perfect, the terminal device 700 may further include one or more of an input unit 706, a display unit 707, an audio circuit 708, a camera 709, a sensor 710, and the like, the audio. The circuit may also include a speaker 7082, a microphone 7084, and the like.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括前述的一个或多个接入网设备和一个或多个终端设备。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, where the communication system includes one or more of the foregoing access network devices and one or more terminal devices.
应理解,本申请实施例可以应用于处理器中,或者由处理器实现。处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是中央处理单元(CPU)、该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件器组合执行完成。软件器可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be understood that embodiments of the present application may be applied to a processor or implemented by a processor. The processor can be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software. The processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), the processor may be other general-purpose processors, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), and an off-the-shelf Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware components. The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software in the decoding processor. The software can be located in a random storage medium, such as a flash memory, a read only memory, a programmable read only memory or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. The non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), or an electric Erase programmable read only memory (EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory can be a Random Access Memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM). SDRAM), Double Data Rate SDRAM (DDR SDRAM), Enhanced Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory (ESDRAM), Synchronous Connection Dynamic Random Access Memory (Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (DR RAM). It should be noted that the memories of the systems and methods described herein are intended to comprise, without being limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的通信接口故障的处理方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件器组合执行完成。软件器可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software. The steps of the method for processing a communication interface failure disclosed in the embodiment of the present application may be directly implemented as completion of the hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software in the processor. The software can be located in a random storage medium, such as a flash memory, a read only memory, a programmable read only memory or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装 置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the system and apparatus described above are described for convenience and brevity of description. For the specific working process of the unit, refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM)、随机存取存储器(RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present application, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application. The foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a USB flash drive, a removable hard disk, a read only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The foregoing is only a specific embodiment of the present application, but the scope of protection of the present application is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. It should be covered by the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the scope of protection of the present application should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种信道侦听的方法,其特征在于,包括:A channel interception method, comprising:
    第一接入网设备在免许可频段资源上接收信号;The first access network device receives the signal on the unlicensed band resource;
    所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型,确定第一功率检测门限,其中,所述信号的信号类型包括以下至少一项:来自除所述第一接入网设备之外的至少一个第二接入网设备的第一类信号,来自至少一个终端设备的第二类信号;Determining, by the first access network device, a first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal, where the signal type of the signal includes at least one of the following: from the first access network device a first type of signal from at least one second access network device, a second type of signal from at least one terminal device;
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述第一功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估。The first access network device performs an idle channel assessment according to the first power detection threshold.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型,确定第一功率检测门限,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal, including:
    所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第一功率检测门限。The first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一接入网设备根据发送功率信息和载波带宽信息,确定第一初始功率检测门限,所述第一初始功率检测门限用于确定所述第一功率检测门限;Determining, by the first access network device, a first initial power detection threshold according to the transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth information, where the first initial power detection threshold is used to determine the first power detection threshold;
    其中,所述发送功率信息为所述第一接入网设备在所述免许可频段资源上的实际发送功率,或所述第一接入网设备在所述免许可频段资源上的最大发送功率;The transmit power information is the actual transmit power of the first access network device on the unlicensed band resource, or the maximum transmit power of the first access network device on the unlicensed band resource. ;
    所述载波带宽信息为所述第一接入网设备在所述免许可频段资源上的实际发送带宽,或所述第一接入网设备在所述免许可频段资源上的最大发送带宽。The carrier bandwidth information is an actual transmission bandwidth of the first access network device on the unlicensed band resource, or a maximum transmission bandwidth of the first access network device on the unlicensed band resource.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第一功率检测门限,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to a received signal type of the signal and a received power of each type of signal, including :
    所述第一接入网设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第一预设条件的情况下,确定所述第一功率检测门限,所述第一功率检测门限大于所述第一初始功率检测门限;或者Determining, by the first access network device, the first power detection threshold, where the received power of the first type of signal meets a first preset condition, where the first power detection threshold is greater than the first initial Power detection threshold; or
    所述第一接入网设备在所述第二类信号的接收功率满足第二预设条件的情况下,确定所述第一功率检测门限,所述第一功率检测门限小于所述第一初始功率检测门限。Determining, by the first access network device, the first power detection threshold, where the received power of the second type of signal meets a second preset condition, where the first power detection threshold is smaller than the first initial Power detection threshold.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第一功率检测门限,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to a received signal type of the signal and a received power of each type of signal, including :
    所述第一接入网设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第一预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率不满足第二预设条件的情况下,确定所述第一功率检测门限,所述第一功率检测门限大于所述第一初始功率检测门限;或者Determining, by the first access network device, that the received power of the first type of signal meets a first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy a second preset condition a power detection threshold, where the first power detection threshold is greater than the first initial power detection threshold; or
    所述第一接入网设备在所述第二类信号的接收功率满足所述第二预设条件且所述第一类信号的接收信号不满足所述第一预设条件的情况下,确定所述第一功率检测门限,所述第一功率检测门限小于所述第一初始功率检测门限。Determining, by the first access network device, that the received power of the second type of signal meets the second preset condition and the received signal of the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition The first power detection threshold, the first power detection threshold is smaller than the first initial power detection threshold.
  6. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入网设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第一功率检测门限,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the first access network device determines the first power detection threshold according to a received signal type of the signal and a received power of each type of signal, including :
    所述第一接入网设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率不满足第一预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率不满足第二预设条件的情况下,确定所述第一功率检测门限,所述第一功率检测门限等于所述第一初始功率检测门限。 Determining, in the case that the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the second preset condition, the first access network device determines the first A power detection threshold, the first power detection threshold being equal to the first initial power detection threshold.
  7. 根据权利要求4至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一预设条件包括:The method according to any one of claims 4 to 6, wherein the first preset condition comprises:
    所述第一类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第一阈值;和/或The received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset first threshold; and/or
    所述第一类信号的接收功率与所述信号的总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第二阈值;The ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to a preset second threshold;
    所述第二预设条件包括:The second preset condition includes:
    所述第二类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第三阈值;和/或The received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset third threshold; and/or
    所述第二类信号的接收功率与所述信号的总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第四阈值。The ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to a preset fourth threshold.
  8. 一种信道侦听的方法,其特征在于,包括:A channel interception method, comprising:
    第一终端设备在免许可频段资源上接收信号;The first terminal device receives the signal on the unlicensed band resource;
    所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型,确定第二功率检测门限,其中,所述信号的信号类型包括以下至少一项:来自至少一个接入网设备的第一类信号,来自除所述第一终端设备之外的至少一个第二终端设备的第二类信号;Determining, by the first terminal device, a second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal, where the signal type of the signal includes at least one of the following: a first type of signal from at least one access network device a second type of signal from at least one second terminal device other than the first terminal device;
    所述第一终端设备根据所述第二功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估。The first terminal device performs idle channel estimation according to the second power detection threshold.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型,确定第二功率检测门限,包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the determining, by the first terminal device, the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal comprises:
    所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第二功率检测门限。The first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 9 wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端设备获取第二初始功率检测门限,所述第二初始功率检测门限用于确定所述第二功率检测门限。The first terminal device acquires a second initial power detection threshold, and the second initial power detection threshold is used to determine the second power detection threshold.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第二功率检测门限,包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the determining, by the first terminal device, the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal comprises:
    所述第一终端设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第三预设条件的情况下,确定所述第二功率检测门限,所述第二功率检测门限小于所述第二初始功率检测门限;或者Determining, by the first terminal device, the second power detection threshold, where the received power of the first type of signal meets a third preset condition, where the second power detection threshold is smaller than the second initial power detection Threshold; or
    所述第一终端设备在所述第二类信号的接收功率满足第四预设条件的情况下,确定所述第二功率检测门限,所述第二功率检测门限大于所述第二初始功率检测门限。The first terminal device determines the second power detection threshold when the received power of the second type of signal meets a fourth preset condition, where the second power detection threshold is greater than the second initial power detection Threshold.
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第二功率检测门限,包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the determining, by the first terminal device, the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal comprises:
    所述第一终端设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第三预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率不满足第四预设条件的情况下,确定所述第二功率检测门限,所述第二功率检测门限小于所述第二初始功率检测门限;或者Determining, by the first terminal device, that the received power of the first type of signal meets a third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy a fourth preset condition, determining the second power detection. a threshold, the second power detection threshold is less than the second initial power detection threshold; or
    所述第一终端设备在所述第二类信号的接收功率满足所述第四预设条件且所述第一类信号的接收功率不满足所述第三预设条件的情况下,确定所述第二功率检测门限,所述第二功率检测门限大于所述第二初始功率检测门限。Determining, by the first terminal device, that the received power of the second type of signal meets the fourth preset condition and the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition a second power detection threshold, the second power detection threshold being greater than the second initial power detection threshold.
  13. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第二功率检测门限,包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the determining, by the first terminal device, the second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal and the received power of each type of signal comprises:
    所述第一终端设备在所述第一类信号的接收功率不满足第三预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率不满足第四预设条件的情况下,确定所述第二功率检测门限,所述第二功 率检测门限等于所述第二初始功率检测门限。Determining, by the first terminal device, the second power when the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition Detection threshold, the second work The rate detection threshold is equal to the second initial power detection threshold.
  14. 根据权利要求11至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三预设条件包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the third preset condition comprises:
    所述第一类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第五阈值;和/或The received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset fifth threshold; and/or
    所述第一类信号的接收功率与所述信号的总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第六阈值;The ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to a preset sixth threshold;
    所述第四预设条件包括:The fourth preset condition includes:
    所述第二类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第七阈值;和/或The received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset seventh threshold; and/or
    所述第二类信号的接收功率与所述信号的总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第八阈值。The ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to a preset eighth threshold.
  15. 一种接入网设备,其特征在于,包括:An access network device, comprising:
    收发模块,用于在免许可频段资源上接收信号;a transceiver module for receiving signals on the unlicensed band resources;
    处理模块,用于根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型,确定第一功率检测门限,其中,所述信号的信号类型包括以下至少一项:来自除所述接入网设备之外的至少一个接入网设备的第一类信号,来自至少一个终端设备的第二类信号;a processing module, configured to determine, according to the received signal type of the signal, a first power detection threshold, where the signal type of the signal includes at least one of: at least one from the access network device a first type of signal of the access network device, a second type of signal from the at least one terminal device;
    所述处理模块还用于根据所述第一功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估。The processing module is further configured to perform idle channel estimation according to the first power detection threshold.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述处理模块具体用于根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第一功率检测门限。The access network device according to claim 15, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to determine the first power detection threshold according to a received signal type of the signal and a received power of each type of signal. .
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于根据发送功率信息和载波带宽信息,确定第一初始功率检测门限,所述第一初始功率检测门限用于确定所述第一功率检测门限;The access network device according to claim 16, wherein the processing module is further configured to determine a first initial power detection threshold according to the transmit power information and the carrier bandwidth information, where the first initial power detection threshold is used for Determining the first power detection threshold;
    其中,所述发送功率信息为所述接入网设备在所述免许可频段资源上的实际发送功率,或所述接入网设备在所述免许可频段资源上的最大发送功率;The transmit power information is an actual transmit power of the access network device on the unlicensed band resource, or a maximum transmit power of the access network device on the unlicensed band resource;
    所述载波带宽信息为所述接入网设备在所述免许可频段资源上的实际发送带宽,或所述接入网设备在所述免许可频段资源上的最大发送带宽。The carrier bandwidth information is an actual transmission bandwidth of the access network device on the unlicensed band resource, or a maximum transmission bandwidth of the access network device on the unlicensed band resource.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述处理模块具体用于:The access network device according to claim 17, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to:
    在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第一预设条件的情况下,确定所述第一功率检测门限,所述第一功率检测门限大于所述第一初始功率检测门限;或者And determining, in the case that the received power of the first type of signal meets the first preset condition, the first power detection threshold, where the first power detection threshold is greater than the first initial power detection threshold; or
    在所述第二类信号的接收功率满足第二预设条件的情况下,确定所述第一功率检测门限,所述第一功率检测门限小于所述第一初始功率检测门限。And determining, in the case that the received power of the second type of signal meets the second preset condition, the first power detection threshold, where the first power detection threshold is smaller than the first initial power detection threshold.
  19. 根据权利要求17所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述处理模块具体用于:The access network device according to claim 17, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to:
    在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第一预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率不满足第二预设条件的情况下,确定所述第一功率检测门限,所述第一功率检测门限大于所述第一初始功率检测门限;或者Determining the first power detection threshold, where the received power of the first type of signal meets a first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy a second preset condition, the first The power detection threshold is greater than the first initial power detection threshold; or
    在所述第二类信号的接收功率满足所述第二预设条件且所述第一类信号的接收信号不满足所述第一预设条件的情况下,确定所述第一功率检测门限,所述第一功率检测门限小于所述第一初始功率检测门限。Determining the first power detection threshold if the received power of the second type of signal satisfies the second preset condition and the received signal of the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition, The first power detection threshold is less than the first initial power detection threshold.
  20. 根据权利要求17所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述处理模块具体用于:The access network device according to claim 17, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to:
    在所述第一类信号的接收功率不满足第一预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率不 满足第二预设条件的情况下,确定所述第一功率检测门限,所述第一功率检测门限等于所述第一初始功率检测门限。The received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the first preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not And determining, by the second preset condition, the first power detection threshold, where the first power detection threshold is equal to the first initial power detection threshold.
  21. 根据权利要求18至20中任一项所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第一预设条件包括:The access network device according to any one of claims 18 to 20, wherein the first preset condition comprises:
    所述第一类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第一阈值;和/或The received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset first threshold; and/or
    所述第一类信号的接收功率与所述信号的总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第二阈值;The ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to a preset second threshold;
    所述第二预设条件包括:The second preset condition includes:
    所述第二类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第三阈值;和/或The received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset third threshold; and/or
    所述第二类信号的接收功率与所述信号的总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第四阈值。The ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to a preset fourth threshold.
  22. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:A terminal device, comprising:
    收发模块,用于在免许可频段资源上接收信号;a transceiver module for receiving signals on the unlicensed band resources;
    处理模块,用于根据接收到的所述信号的信号类型,确定第二功率检测门限,其中,所述信号的信号类型包括以下至少一项:来自至少一个接入网设备的第一类信号,来自除所述终端设备之外的至少一个终端设备的第二类信号;a processing module, configured to determine a second power detection threshold according to the received signal type of the signal, where the signal type of the signal includes at least one of the following: a first type of signal from at least one access network device, a second type of signal from at least one terminal device other than the terminal device;
    所述处理模块还用于根据所述第二功率检测门限进行空闲信道评估。The processing module is further configured to perform idle channel estimation according to the second power detection threshold.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述处理模块具体用于根据所述信号的信号类型以及每一类信号的接收功率,确定所述第二功率检测门限。The terminal device according to claim 22, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to determine the second power detection threshold according to a signal type of the signal and a received power of each type of signal.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于获取第二初始功率检测门限,所述第二初始功率检测门限用于确定所述第二功率检测门限。The terminal device according to claim 23, wherein the processing module is further configured to acquire a second initial power detection threshold, where the second initial power detection threshold is used to determine the second power detection threshold.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述处理模块具体用于:The terminal device according to claim 24, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to:
    在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第三预设条件的情况下,确定所述第二功率检测门限,所述第二功率检测门限小于所述第二初始功率检测门限;或者And determining, in the case that the received power of the first type of signal meets a third preset condition, the second power detection threshold, where the second power detection threshold is smaller than the second initial power detection threshold; or
    在所述第二类信号的接收功率满足第四预设条件的情况下,确定所述第二功率检测门限,所述第二功率检测门限大于所述第二初始功率检测门限。And determining, in the case that the received power of the second type of signal meets the fourth preset condition, the second power detection threshold, where the second power detection threshold is greater than the second initial power detection threshold.
  26. 根据权利要求24所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述处理模块具体用于:The terminal device according to claim 24, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to:
    在所述第一类信号的接收功率满足第三预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率不满足第四预设条件的情况下,确定所述第二功率检测门限,所述第二功率检测门限小于所述第二初始功率检测门限;或者Determining the second power detection threshold, where the received power of the first type of signal satisfies a third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition The power detection threshold is less than the second initial power detection threshold; or
    在所述第二类信号的接收功率满足所述第四预设条件且所述第一类信号的接收功率不满足所述第三预设条件的情况下,确定所述第二功率检测门限,所述第二功率检测门限大于所述第二初始功率检测门限。Determining the second power detection threshold if the received power of the second type of signal satisfies the fourth preset condition and the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition, The second power detection threshold is greater than the second initial power detection threshold.
  27. 根据权利要求24所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述处理模块具体用于:The terminal device according to claim 24, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to:
    在所述第一类信号的接收功率不满足第三预设条件且所述第二类信号的接收功率不满足第四预设条件的情况下,确定所述第二功率检测门限,所述第二功率检测门限等于所述第二初始功率检测门限。Determining the second power detection threshold if the received power of the first type of signal does not satisfy the third preset condition and the received power of the second type of signal does not satisfy the fourth preset condition, The second power detection threshold is equal to the second initial power detection threshold.
  28. 根据权利要求25至27中任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第三预设条件包括: The terminal device according to any one of claims 25 to 27, wherein the third preset condition comprises:
    所述第一类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第五阈值;和/或The received power of the first type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset fifth threshold; and/or
    所述第一类信号的接收功率与所述信号的总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第六阈值;The ratio of the received power of the first type of signal to the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to a preset sixth threshold;
    所述第四预设条件包括:The fourth preset condition includes:
    所述第二类信号的接收功率大于或等于预设的第七阈值;和/或The received power of the second type of signal is greater than or equal to a preset seventh threshold; and/or
    所述第二类信号的接收功率与所述信号的总接收功率的比值大于或等于预设的第八阈值。The ratio of the received power of the second type of signal to the total received power of the signal is greater than or equal to a preset eighth threshold.
  29. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;a memory for storing a computer program;
    处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法。A processor for executing a computer program stored in the memory to cause the apparatus to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 14.
  30. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法。 A computer readable storage medium, comprising a computer program, when executed on a computer, causing the computer to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 14.
PCT/CN2017/104513 2017-09-29 2017-09-29 Channel monitoring method, access-network device, terminal device, and communications system WO2019061335A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2017/104513 WO2019061335A1 (en) 2017-09-29 2017-09-29 Channel monitoring method, access-network device, terminal device, and communications system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2017/104513 WO2019061335A1 (en) 2017-09-29 2017-09-29 Channel monitoring method, access-network device, terminal device, and communications system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019061335A1 true WO2019061335A1 (en) 2019-04-04

Family

ID=65900452

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/104513 WO2019061335A1 (en) 2017-09-29 2017-09-29 Channel monitoring method, access-network device, terminal device, and communications system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019061335A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110087313A (en) * 2019-05-13 2019-08-02 深圳格林帕科技有限公司 A kind of low-power consumption narrowband wireless network terminal networking bootstrap technique
CN114051287A (en) * 2021-09-28 2022-02-15 浪潮软件科技有限公司 Terminal connection time distribution method and system

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106162658A (en) * 2015-04-24 2016-11-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of method of data transmission
WO2017026981A1 (en) * 2015-08-13 2017-02-16 Intel IP Corporation Energy detection threshold adaptation for licensed assisted access of lte in unlicensed band
CN106470502A (en) * 2015-08-20 2017-03-01 中国移动通信集团公司 A kind of scheduling of resource of the unauthorized frequency range of LTE, using method and device
CN106535345A (en) * 2015-09-15 2017-03-22 上海贝尔股份有限公司 Method for adjusting channel interception threshold value and base station
CN106576359A (en) * 2014-09-12 2017-04-19 Lg 电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for supporting coexistence in unlicensed band among cells of different operators in wireless communication system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106576359A (en) * 2014-09-12 2017-04-19 Lg 电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for supporting coexistence in unlicensed band among cells of different operators in wireless communication system
CN106162658A (en) * 2015-04-24 2016-11-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of method of data transmission
WO2017026981A1 (en) * 2015-08-13 2017-02-16 Intel IP Corporation Energy detection threshold adaptation for licensed assisted access of lte in unlicensed band
CN106470502A (en) * 2015-08-20 2017-03-01 中国移动通信集团公司 A kind of scheduling of resource of the unauthorized frequency range of LTE, using method and device
CN106535345A (en) * 2015-09-15 2017-03-22 上海贝尔股份有限公司 Method for adjusting channel interception threshold value and base station

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #81", ALTERNATIVES FOR LAA LBT ENERGY DETECTION THRESHOLD ADAPTATION R1-152939, 29 May 2015 (2015-05-29), XP050970031 *

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110087313A (en) * 2019-05-13 2019-08-02 深圳格林帕科技有限公司 A kind of low-power consumption narrowband wireless network terminal networking bootstrap technique
CN110087313B (en) * 2019-05-13 2023-11-10 杭州安之博科技有限公司 Network access guiding method for low-power-consumption narrowband wireless network terminal
CN114051287A (en) * 2021-09-28 2022-02-15 浪潮软件科技有限公司 Terminal connection time distribution method and system
CN114051287B (en) * 2021-09-28 2023-06-20 浪潮软件科技有限公司 Terminal connection time distribution method and system

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10771987B2 (en) User equipment and methods for operation in coverage enhancement mode with physical random access channel preamble
EP3047615B1 (en) Systems and methods for full duplex communication over a wireless network
EP3228118B1 (en) Hidden node detection in lte licensed assisted access
US11528731B2 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
WO2019213873A1 (en) Radio communication method and terminal
US11064502B2 (en) Method for sending information, method for receiving information, network device, and terminal device
US20190313418A1 (en) Transmission Apparatus and Method Based on Dynamic Time Division Duplex and Communication System
WO2015043469A1 (en) Antenna system and processing method
US12170980B2 (en) Wireless communication resource allocation method and apparatus, and communication device
CN104023382A (en) Power control method and base station in co-frequency full duplex system
EP4027738B1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
JP2020516168A (en) Cooperative cell determination method and network device
WO2021143365A1 (en) Beam selection method and communication apparatus
CN114430557B (en) A beam management method and device
WO2019061335A1 (en) Channel monitoring method, access-network device, terminal device, and communications system
WO2019157734A1 (en) Method, apparatus and system for determining maximum transmit power, and storage medium
EP4190112A1 (en) Performing listen before talk (lbt) for a sub-channel
WO2017132957A1 (en) Method for transmitting uplink information, user equipment, base station and apparatus
US20220322106A1 (en) Uplink beam determination in wireless communication system with full-duplex
US20190159145A1 (en) Access Method And Access Device
US20230067492A1 (en) Systems, apparatus and methods for dynamic network reconfiguration in the presence of narrowband interferers
US10314083B2 (en) Systems and methods for traffic offloading in multi-radio-access-technology networks
US11310684B2 (en) Signal processing method and apparatus
US20130083738A1 (en) Method and apparatus for modifying resource allocation
EP3751930B1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting harq information, and computer storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17927206

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17927206

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1